You can not select more than 25 topics
Topics must start with a letter or number, can include dashes ('-') and can be up to 35 characters long.
10395 lines
332 KiB
10395 lines
332 KiB
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* File: details.cpp
|
|
|
|
Description: Contains definition for class DetailsView.
|
|
This class implements a list view containing quota information about
|
|
the various accounts in a volume's quota information file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
05/28/97 Major changes. BrianAu
|
|
- Added "User Finder".
|
|
- Added promotion of selected item to front of
|
|
name resolution queue.
|
|
- Improved name resolution status reporting through
|
|
listview.
|
|
- Moved drag/drop and report generation code
|
|
from dragdrop.cpp and reptgen.cpp into the
|
|
DetailsView class. DetailsView now implements
|
|
IDataObject, IDropSource and IDropTarget instead
|
|
of deferring implementation to secondary objects.
|
|
dragdrop.cpp and reptgen.cpp have been dropped
|
|
from the project.
|
|
- Added support for CF_HDROP and private import/
|
|
export clipboard formats.
|
|
- Added import/export functionality.
|
|
07/28/97 Removed export support for CF_HDROP. Replaced BrianAu
|
|
with FileContents and FileGroupDescriptor. Import
|
|
from CF_HDROP is still supported.
|
|
Added Import Source object hierarchy.
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
#include "pch.h" // PCH
|
|
#pragma hdrstop
|
|
|
|
#include <htmlhelp.h>
|
|
#include <commctrl.h>
|
|
#include <commdlg.h>
|
|
|
|
#include "uihelp.h"
|
|
#include "uiutils.h"
|
|
#include "dskquota.h"
|
|
#include "registry.h"
|
|
#include "resource.h"
|
|
#include "shellinc.h"
|
|
#include "userprop.h"
|
|
#include "details.h"
|
|
#include "guidsp.h"
|
|
#include "mapfile.h"
|
|
#include "progress.h"
|
|
#include "yntoall.h"
|
|
#include "ownerlst.h"
|
|
#include "ownerdlg.h"
|
|
#include "adusrdlg.h"
|
|
//
|
|
// Constant text strings.
|
|
//
|
|
TCHAR c_szWndClassDetailsView[] = TEXT("DetailsView");
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Bitmap dimension constants.
|
|
//
|
|
const UINT BITMAP_WIDTH = 16;
|
|
const UINT BITMAP_HEIGHT = 16;
|
|
const UINT LG_BITMAP_WIDTH = 32;
|
|
const UINT LG_BITMAP_HEIGHT = 32;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// How much to grow the user object list whenever expansion is required.
|
|
//
|
|
const INT USER_LIST_GROW_AMT = 100;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This structure is used to pass the DetailsView object's "this" pointer
|
|
// in WM_CREATE.
|
|
//
|
|
typedef struct WndCreationData {
|
|
SHORT cbExtra;
|
|
LPVOID pThis;
|
|
} WNDCREATE_DATA;
|
|
|
|
typedef UNALIGNED WNDCREATE_DATA *PWNDCREATE_DATA;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Structure passed to CompareItems callback.
|
|
//
|
|
typedef struct comparestruct
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD idColumn;
|
|
DWORD dwDirection;
|
|
DetailsView *pThis;
|
|
} COMPARESTRUCT, *PCOMPARESTRUCT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Define some names for indexes into the listview's image list.
|
|
//
|
|
#define iIMAGELIST_ICON_NOIMAGE (-1)
|
|
#define iIMAGELIST_ICON_OK 0
|
|
#define iIMAGELIST_ICON_WARNING 1
|
|
#define iIMAGELIST_ICON_LIMIT 2
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The 0-based index of the "View" item in the main menu and of the
|
|
// "Arrange" item in the view menu.
|
|
// WARNING: If you change menu items, these may need updating.
|
|
//
|
|
#define iMENUITEM_VIEW 2
|
|
#define iMENUITEM_VIEW_ARRANGE 4
|
|
//
|
|
// Same thing for the "Edit" menu.
|
|
//
|
|
#define iMENUITEM_EDIT 1
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add/remove from this array to change the columns in the list view.
|
|
// IMPORTANT:
|
|
// The ordering of these items is very important (sort of).
|
|
// Because of a bug in commctrl.h, they don't paint under the bitmap
|
|
// if it's the only thing in the column (or if it's the bitmap of the primary
|
|
// item). Also, the behavior of the listview is such that the text in
|
|
// subitem 0 is always shifted right the width of a small bitmap. When
|
|
// I had the status column NOT as item 0, there were two display problems.
|
|
// 1) First, the text in column 0 was always shifted right to allow for the
|
|
// bitmap we weren't using. This looked funny.
|
|
// 2) The full-row-select highlight didn't properly paint the background
|
|
// of the status bitmap.
|
|
//
|
|
// By placing the status column as subitem 0, we eliminate problem 1 since
|
|
// we're using a bitmap in subitem 0 (listview's default behavior).
|
|
// If we drag the status column out of the leftmost position, they still don't
|
|
// paint under the bitmap but at least it will work like any other explorer
|
|
// view. When/if they fix listview, we'll be fixed automatically.
|
|
//
|
|
const DV_COLDATA g_rgColumns[] = {
|
|
{ LVCFMT_LEFT |
|
|
LVCFMT_COL_HAS_IMAGES,
|
|
0, IDS_TITLE_COL_STATUS, DetailsView::idCol_Status },
|
|
{ LVCFMT_LEFT, 0, IDS_TITLE_COL_FOLDER, DetailsView::idCol_Folder },
|
|
{ LVCFMT_LEFT, 0, IDS_TITLE_COL_USERNAME, DetailsView::idCol_Name },
|
|
{ LVCFMT_LEFT, 0, IDS_TITLE_COL_LOGONNAME, DetailsView::idCol_LogonName },
|
|
{ LVCFMT_RIGHT, 0, IDS_TITLE_COL_AMTUSED, DetailsView::idCol_AmtUsed },
|
|
{ LVCFMT_RIGHT, 0, IDS_TITLE_COL_LIMIT, DetailsView::idCol_Limit },
|
|
{ LVCFMT_RIGHT, 0, IDS_TITLE_COL_THRESHOLD, DetailsView::idCol_Threshold },
|
|
{ LVCFMT_RIGHT, 0, IDS_TITLE_COL_PCTUSED, DetailsView::idCol_PctUsed },
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User quota state constants.
|
|
// used for identifying which icon to display in "Status" column.
|
|
//
|
|
const INT iUSERSTATE_OK = 0;
|
|
const INT iUSERSTATE_WARNING = 1;
|
|
const INT iUSERSTATE_OVERLIMIT = 2;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Maximum number of entries allowed in the "Find User" MRU list.
|
|
//
|
|
const INT DetailsView::MAX_FINDMRU_ENTRIES = 10;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Dimensions for the "Find User" combo box in the toolbar.
|
|
//
|
|
const INT DetailsView::CX_TOOLBAR_COMBO = 200;
|
|
const INT DetailsView::CY_TOOLBAR_COMBO = 200;
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DetailsView
|
|
|
|
Description: Class constructor.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Exceptions: OutOfMemory
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
02/21/97 Ownerdata listview. Added m_UserList. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
DetailsView::DetailsView(
|
|
VOID
|
|
) : m_cRef(0),
|
|
m_UserList(USER_LIST_GROW_AMT),
|
|
m_hwndMain(NULL),
|
|
m_hwndListView(NULL),
|
|
m_hwndStatusBar(NULL),
|
|
m_hwndToolBar(NULL),
|
|
m_hwndListViewToolTip(NULL),
|
|
m_hwndHeader(NULL),
|
|
m_hKbdAccel(NULL),
|
|
m_lpfnLVWndProc(NULL),
|
|
m_pQuotaControl(NULL),
|
|
m_pUserFinder(NULL),
|
|
m_DropSource(MK_LBUTTON),
|
|
m_DropTarget(MK_LBUTTON),
|
|
m_pDataObject(NULL),
|
|
m_pUndoList(NULL),
|
|
m_ColMap(ARRAYSIZE(g_rgColumns)),
|
|
m_strAccountUnresolved(g_hInstDll, IDS_USER_ACCOUNT_UNRESOLVED),
|
|
m_strAccountUnavailable(g_hInstDll, IDS_USER_ACCOUNT_UNAVAILABLE),
|
|
m_strAccountUnknown(g_hInstDll, IDS_USER_ACCOUNT_UNKNOWN),
|
|
m_strAccountDeleted(g_hInstDll, IDS_USER_ACCOUNT_DELETED),
|
|
m_strAccountInvalid(g_hInstDll, IDS_USER_ACCOUNT_INVALID),
|
|
m_strNoLimit(g_hInstDll, IDS_NO_LIMIT),
|
|
m_strNotApplicable(g_hInstDll, IDS_NOT_APPLICABLE),
|
|
m_strStatusOK(g_hInstDll, IDS_STATUS_OK),
|
|
m_strStatusWarning(g_hInstDll, IDS_STATUS_WARNING),
|
|
m_strStatusOverlimit(g_hInstDll, IDS_STATUS_OVERLIMIT),
|
|
m_pIDataObjectOnClipboard(NULL),
|
|
m_dwEventCookie(0),
|
|
m_iLastItemHit(-1),
|
|
m_iLastColSorted(-1),
|
|
m_fSortDirection(0),
|
|
m_bMenuActive(FALSE),
|
|
m_bWaitCursor(FALSE),
|
|
m_bStopLoadingObjects(FALSE),
|
|
m_bDestroyingView(FALSE),
|
|
m_bCritSecInited_AsyncUpdate(FALSE)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_VIEW, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DetailsView::DetailsView")));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make sure the idCol_XXX constants agree
|
|
// with the size of g_rgColumns.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((ARRAYSIZE(g_rgColumns) == DetailsView::idCol_Last));
|
|
|
|
ZeroMemory(&m_lvsi, sizeof(m_lvsi));
|
|
m_ptMouse.x = 0;
|
|
m_ptMouse.y = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Initialize
|
|
|
|
Description: Initializes a new details view object.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
idVolume - Ref to a const CVolumeID object containing both the
|
|
parsable and displayable names for the volume.
|
|
|
|
Returns: TRUE = Success.
|
|
FALSE = Out of memory or couldn't create thread.
|
|
Either way, we can't run the view.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
12/06/96 Initial creation. Moved this code out of the ctor. BrianAu
|
|
02/25/97 Removed m_hwndPropPage from DetailsView. BrianAu
|
|
05/20/97 Added user finder object. BrianAu
|
|
06/28/98 Added support for mounted volumes. BrianAu
|
|
02/26/02 Moved critsec initialization from ctor. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
BOOL
|
|
DetailsView::Initialize(
|
|
const CVolumeID& idVolume
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bResult = FALSE;
|
|
HANDLE hThread = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!InitializeCriticalSectionAndSpinCount(&m_csAsyncUpdate, 0))
|
|
{
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
m_bCritSecInited_AsyncUpdate = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the reg parameter objects we'll be using in the UI.
|
|
// The RegParamTable functions will not add a duplicate entry.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// Parameter: Preferences
|
|
//
|
|
LV_STATE_INFO lvsi;
|
|
InitLVStateInfo(&lvsi);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create a private copy of the file sys object name string.
|
|
// This can throw OutOfMemory.
|
|
//
|
|
m_idVolume = idVolume;
|
|
if (FAILED(CreateVolumeDisplayName(m_idVolume, &m_strVolumeDisplayName)))
|
|
{
|
|
m_strVolumeDisplayName = m_idVolume.ForDisplay();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Read saved state of listview from registry.
|
|
// Saved info includes window ht/wd, column widths and
|
|
// toolbar/status bar visibility. Need this info before we start thread.
|
|
//
|
|
RegKey keyPref(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, REGSTR_KEY_DISKQUOTA);
|
|
if (FAILED(keyPref.Open(KEY_READ)) ||
|
|
FAILED(keyPref.GetValue(REGSTR_VAL_PREFERENCES, (LPBYTE)&m_lvsi, sizeof(m_lvsi))) ||
|
|
!DetailsView::IsValidLVStateInfo(&m_lvsi))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Protect us from truly bogus data. If it's bad, or obsolete,
|
|
// just re-initialize it.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Listview persist state info invalid. Re-initializing.")));
|
|
DetailsView::InitLVStateInfo(&m_lvsi);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Transfer sorting information to member variables.
|
|
// These can be changed by user-initiated events.
|
|
//
|
|
m_iLastColSorted = m_lvsi.iLastColSorted;
|
|
m_fSortDirection = m_lvsi.fSortDirection;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the user finder object.
|
|
// This is used to locate users through the toolbar combo box and
|
|
// the "Find User" dialog. The finder object maintains a MRU list for
|
|
// both the toolbar and dialog combos.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pUserFinder = new Finder(*this, MAX_FINDMRU_ENTRIES);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the data object we use to control data transfers.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pDataObject = new DataObject(*this);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create a new thread on which to run the details view window.
|
|
// This is so that the details view will remain alive if the
|
|
// property page is destroyed. This must be done last in this method
|
|
// so that if we return FALSE, the caller is assured there is no thread
|
|
// running loose. If we return FALSE, they'll have to call "delete"
|
|
// to release any string allocations done above. If we return TRUE,
|
|
// the caller must not call delete on the object. The object will
|
|
// destroy itself when the user closes the view window.
|
|
//
|
|
hThread = CreateThread(NULL, // No security attributes.
|
|
0, // Default stack size.
|
|
&ThreadProc,
|
|
this, // Static thread proc needs this.
|
|
0, // Not suspended.
|
|
NULL);
|
|
if (NULL != hThread)
|
|
{
|
|
CloseHandle(hThread);
|
|
//
|
|
// Everything succeeded.
|
|
//
|
|
bResult = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Catch an allocation exception here.
|
|
// We'll return FALSE indicating initialization failure.
|
|
//
|
|
}
|
|
return bResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::~DetailsView
|
|
|
|
Description: Class destructor.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
02/21/97 Ownerdata listview. Added m_UserList. BrianAu
|
|
05/20/97 Added user finder object. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
DetailsView::~DetailsView(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_VIEW, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DetailsView::~DetailsView")));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Destroy the user object list if it still has some objects.
|
|
//
|
|
ReleaseObjects();
|
|
|
|
delete m_pUserFinder;
|
|
delete m_pUndoList;
|
|
delete m_pDataObject;
|
|
|
|
if (m_bCritSecInited_AsyncUpdate)
|
|
{
|
|
DeleteCriticalSection(&m_csAsyncUpdate);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::QueryInterface
|
|
|
|
Description: Returns an interface pointer to the object's supported
|
|
interfaces.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
riid - Reference to requested interface ID.
|
|
|
|
ppvOut - Address of interface pointer variable to accept interface ptr.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_NOINTERFACE - Requested interface not supported.
|
|
E_INVALIDARG - ppvOut argument was NULL.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::QueryInterface(
|
|
REFIID riid,
|
|
LPVOID *ppv
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != ppv)
|
|
{
|
|
*ppv = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (IID_IUnknown == riid || IID_IDiskQuotaEvents == riid)
|
|
{
|
|
*ppv = static_cast<IDiskQuotaEvents *>(this);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IID_IDataObject == riid)
|
|
{
|
|
*ppv = static_cast<IDataObject *>(this);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IID_IDropSource == riid)
|
|
{
|
|
*ppv = static_cast<IDropSource *>(this);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (IID_IDropTarget == riid)
|
|
{
|
|
*ppv = static_cast<IDropTarget *>(this);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = E_NOINTERFACE;
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != *ppv)
|
|
{
|
|
((LPUNKNOWN)*ppv)->AddRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = E_INVALIDARG;
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::AddRef
|
|
|
|
Description: Increments object reference count.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: New reference count value.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/15/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
|
|
DetailsView::AddRef(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG cRef = InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_COM, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DetailsView::AddRef, 0x%08X %d -> %d\n"), this, cRef - 1, cRef ));
|
|
return cRef;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Release
|
|
|
|
Description: Decrements object reference count. If count drops to 0,
|
|
object is deleted.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: New reference count value.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/15/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
|
|
DetailsView::Release(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
ASSERT( 0 != m_cRef );
|
|
ULONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_COM, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DetailsView::Release, 0x%08X %d -> %d\n"),
|
|
this, cRef + 1, cRef ));
|
|
|
|
if ( 0 == cRef )
|
|
{
|
|
delete this;
|
|
}
|
|
return cRef;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::ThreadProc
|
|
|
|
Description: Thread procedure for the details view window. Creates the
|
|
quota control object and the main window. Then it just sits
|
|
processing messages until it receives a WM_QUIT message.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pvParam - Address of DetailsView instance.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
03/22/00 Fixed proc param for ia64. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
DWORD
|
|
DetailsView::ThreadProc(
|
|
LPVOID pvParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
DetailsView *pThis = (DetailsView *)pvParam;
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_VIEW, DL_HIGH, TEXT("LISTVIEW - New thread %d"), GetCurrentThreadId()));
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Need to ensure DLL stays loaded while this thread is active.
|
|
//
|
|
InterlockedIncrement(&g_cRefThisDll);
|
|
//
|
|
// This will keep the view object alive while the thread is alive.
|
|
// We call Release when the thread terminates.
|
|
//
|
|
pThis->AddRef();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Must call OleInitialize() for new thread.
|
|
//
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(OleInitialize(NULL)))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the quota control object.
|
|
// Why don't we just use the same quota controller as the
|
|
// volume property page? Good question.
|
|
// Since we're on a separate thread, we either need a new
|
|
// object or marshal the IDiskQuotaControl interface.
|
|
// I chose to create a new object rather than take the
|
|
// performance hit of the additional marshaling. The quota
|
|
// controller object is used heavily by the details view.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = CoCreateInstance(CLSID_DiskQuotaControl,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
|
|
IID_IDiskQuotaControl,
|
|
(LPVOID *)&(pThis->m_pQuotaControl));
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = pThis->m_pQuotaControl->Initialize(pThis->m_idVolume.ForParsing(),
|
|
TRUE); // Read-write.
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the main window.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = pThis->CreateMainWindow();
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis->m_hwndMain));
|
|
//
|
|
// Place a message in the queue that the window has been
|
|
// created. Now creation of the other controls can procede.
|
|
//
|
|
// It is VERY important that once we receive a WM_QUIT message,
|
|
// no members of the DetailsView instance are referenced.
|
|
// Posting WM_QUIT is the last thing done by the WM_DESTROY handler.
|
|
//
|
|
PostMessage(pThis->m_hwndMain, WM_MAINWINDOW_CREATED, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
while (0 != GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0))
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL == pThis->m_hKbdAccel ||
|
|
!TranslateAccelerator(pThis->m_hwndMain,
|
|
pThis->m_hKbdAccel,
|
|
&msg))
|
|
{
|
|
TranslateMessage(&msg);
|
|
DispatchMessage(&msg);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW - OleInitialize failed for thread %d."),
|
|
GetCurrentThreadId()));
|
|
}
|
|
OleUninitialize();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(GetDesktopWindow(),
|
|
IDS_OUTOFMEMORY,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONERROR | MB_OK);
|
|
|
|
pThis->CleanupAfterAbnormalTermination();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_VIEW, DL_HIGH, TEXT("LISTVIEW - Exit thread %d"), GetCurrentThreadId()));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Release the view object since it's no longer required.
|
|
// This will call the destructor.
|
|
//
|
|
pThis->Release();
|
|
ASSERT( 0 != g_cRefThisDll );
|
|
InterlockedDecrement(&g_cRefThisDll);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CleanupAfterAbnormalTermination
|
|
|
|
Description: Perform operations required after the thread has terminated
|
|
abnormally. This function assumes that the thread's message pump is
|
|
no longer active. Any operations performed must not generate messages
|
|
that require processing by the thread.
|
|
|
|
This method does almost the same things as OnDestroy().
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
12/15/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::CleanupAfterAbnormalTermination(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancel subclassing of the listview control.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != m_lpfnLVWndProc)
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(m_hwndListView, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR)m_lpfnLVWndProc);
|
|
|
|
DisconnectEventSink();
|
|
//
|
|
// NOTE: We can't call ReleaseObjects() because that method
|
|
// requires an active listview. Our thread is finished and the
|
|
// window is gone.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != m_pQuotaControl)
|
|
{
|
|
m_pQuotaControl->Release();
|
|
m_pQuotaControl = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If we have a data object on the clipboard, clear the clipboard.
|
|
// Note that the clipboard holds the reference to the data object.
|
|
// When we clear the clipboard, the data object will be released.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != m_pIDataObjectOnClipboard &&
|
|
S_OK == OleIsCurrentClipboard(m_pIDataObjectOnClipboard))
|
|
{
|
|
OleFlushClipboard();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnUserNameChanged
|
|
|
|
Description: Called by the event source (SidNameResolver) whenever a disk
|
|
quota user object's name has changed. The user object's folder and
|
|
account name strings are updated in the list view.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pUser - Address of IDiskQuotaUser interface for user object that has
|
|
a new name.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_INVALIDARG - User object pointer received from event source was invalid.
|
|
E_FAIL - User not found in listview list.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
12/10/96 Use free-threading OLE apartment model. BrianAu
|
|
02/05/98 Changed ListView_RedrawItems to use BrianAu
|
|
SendMessageTimeout().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::OnUserNameChanged(
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Ensure the DetailsView object stay's alive while the view is updated.
|
|
// Remember, this code is being run on the SID/Name resolver's thread.
|
|
//
|
|
AddRef();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We don't want to perform a user-name-changed update if the
|
|
// view is being or has been destroyed. Likewise, we don't want to
|
|
// destroy the view window while a user-name-changed update is in
|
|
// progress. The crit sec m_csAsyncUpdate and the flag m_bDestroyingView
|
|
// work together to ensure this.
|
|
//
|
|
EnterCriticalSection(&m_csAsyncUpdate);
|
|
if (!m_bDestroyingView)
|
|
{
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != pUser)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
|
|
if (m_UserList.FindIndex((LPVOID)pUser, &iItem))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Send message to listview to redraw the item
|
|
// that changed. Use the "timeout" version of
|
|
// SendMessage because the main window thread
|
|
// could be blocked waiting for m_csAsyncUpdate
|
|
// which is now owned by the resolver thread.
|
|
// If the main thread is blocked (waiting to
|
|
// process WM_DESTROY), this call will return 0
|
|
// after 5 seconds. If this happens, we leave the
|
|
// CS without generating a window update, releasing
|
|
// the CS and letting the main window thread continue
|
|
// with WM_DESTROY processing.
|
|
//
|
|
DWORD_PTR dwResult;
|
|
LRESULT lResult = SendMessageTimeout(m_hwndListView,
|
|
LVM_REDRAWITEMS,
|
|
(WPARAM)iItem,
|
|
(LPARAM)iItem,
|
|
SMTO_BLOCK,
|
|
5000,
|
|
&dwResult);
|
|
if (lResult)
|
|
UpdateWindow(m_hwndListView);
|
|
else
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("ListView update timed out after 5 seconds")));
|
|
|
|
hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = E_INVALIDARG;
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Catch allocation exceptions and do nothing.
|
|
// Resolver doesn't care about return value.
|
|
// Want to ensure that Release() is called no matter what.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
LeaveCriticalSection(&m_csAsyncUpdate);
|
|
|
|
Release();
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CreateMainWindow
|
|
|
|
Description: Creates the main window for the details view.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Couldn't create window.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::CreateMainWindow(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
WNDCLASSEX wc;
|
|
DWORD dwExStyle;
|
|
LANGID LangID;
|
|
|
|
wc.cbSize = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
|
|
wc.style = CS_PARENTDC;
|
|
wc.lpfnWndProc = WndProc;
|
|
wc.cbClsExtra = 0;
|
|
wc.cbWndExtra = 0;
|
|
wc.hInstance = g_hInstDll;
|
|
wc.hIcon = LoadIcon(g_hInstDll, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDI_QUOTA));
|
|
wc.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
|
|
wc.hbrBackground = NULL;
|
|
wc.lpszMenuName = MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDM_LISTVIEW_MENU);
|
|
wc.lpszClassName = c_szWndClassDetailsView;
|
|
wc.hIconSm = NULL;
|
|
|
|
RegisterClassEx(&wc);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Need to pass "this" pointer in WM_CREATE. We'll store "this"
|
|
// in the window's USERDATA.
|
|
//
|
|
WNDCREATE_DATA wcd;
|
|
wcd.cbExtra = sizeof(WNDCREATE_DATA);
|
|
wcd.pThis = this;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the window title string.
|
|
// "Quota Details for My Disk (X:)"
|
|
//
|
|
CString strWndTitle(g_hInstDll, IDS_TITLE_MAINWINDOW, (LPCTSTR)m_strVolumeDisplayName);
|
|
|
|
HWND hwndDesktop = GetDesktopWindow();
|
|
HDC hdc = GetDC(hwndDesktop);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get current screen resolution.
|
|
//
|
|
if ((m_lvsi.cxScreen != (WORD)GetDeviceCaps(hdc, HORZRES)) ||
|
|
(m_lvsi.cyScreen != (WORD)GetDeviceCaps(hdc, VERTRES)))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Screen resolution has changed since listview state data was
|
|
// last saved to registry. Use the default window ht/wd.
|
|
//
|
|
m_lvsi.cx = 0;
|
|
m_lvsi.cy = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
ReleaseDC(hwndDesktop, hdc);
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Check if we are running on BiDi Localized build. we need to create the Main Window
|
|
// mirrored (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL).
|
|
dwExStyle = 0;
|
|
LangID = GetUserDefaultUILanguage();
|
|
if( LangID )
|
|
{
|
|
LCID iLCID;
|
|
WCHAR wchLCIDFontSignature[16];
|
|
iLCID = MAKELCID( LangID , SORT_DEFAULT );
|
|
|
|
if( GetLocaleInfoW( iLCID ,
|
|
LOCALE_FONTSIGNATURE ,
|
|
(WCHAR *) &wchLCIDFontSignature[0] ,
|
|
(sizeof(wchLCIDFontSignature)/sizeof(WCHAR))) )
|
|
{
|
|
if( wchLCIDFontSignature[7] & (WCHAR)0x0800 )
|
|
{
|
|
dwExStyle = WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
m_hwndMain = CreateWindowEx(dwExStyle,
|
|
c_szWndClassDetailsView,
|
|
strWndTitle,
|
|
WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
m_lvsi.cx ? m_lvsi.cx : CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
m_lvsi.cy ? m_lvsi.cy : CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
hwndDesktop,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
g_hInstDll,
|
|
&wcd);
|
|
if (NULL != m_hwndMain)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Register the main window as an OLE drop target.
|
|
//
|
|
RegisterAsDropTarget(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if DBG
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW - Failed creating main window."), hResult));
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CreateListView
|
|
|
|
Description: Create the list view control.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Failed to create listview or load icons.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
02/21/97 Modified to use virtual listview (LVS_OWNERDATA) BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::CreateListView(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != m_hwndMain));
|
|
|
|
GetClientRect(m_hwndMain, &rc);
|
|
|
|
m_hwndListView = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE,
|
|
WC_LISTVIEW,
|
|
TEXT(""),
|
|
WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN |
|
|
WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS |
|
|
WS_TABSTOP | LVS_REPORT | LVS_SHOWSELALWAYS |
|
|
LVS_OWNERDATA,
|
|
0, 0,
|
|
rc.right - rc.left,
|
|
rc.bottom - rc.top,
|
|
m_hwndMain,
|
|
(HMENU)NULL,
|
|
g_hInstDll,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
if (NULL != m_hwndListView)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Store "this" ptr so subclass WndProc can access members.
|
|
//
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(m_hwndListView, GWLP_USERDATA, (INT_PTR)this);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We talk to the header control so save it's handle.
|
|
//
|
|
m_hwndHeader = ListView_GetHeader(m_hwndListView);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Subclass the listview control so we can monitor mouse position.
|
|
// This is used for listview tooltip management.
|
|
//
|
|
m_lpfnLVWndProc = (WNDPROC)GetWindowLongPtr(m_hwndListView, GWLP_WNDPROC);
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(m_hwndListView, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR)LVSubClassWndProc);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Enable listview for images in sub-item columns and full-row select.
|
|
//
|
|
ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle(m_hwndListView,
|
|
LVS_EX_SUBITEMIMAGES |
|
|
LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT |
|
|
LVS_EX_HEADERDRAGDROP);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add all columns to the listview.
|
|
// Adjust for showing/hiding the Folder column.
|
|
//
|
|
INT iColId = 0; // Start with 1st col.
|
|
for (INT iSubItem = 0;
|
|
iSubItem < (m_lvsi.fShowFolder ? DetailsView::idCol_Last : DetailsView::idCol_Last - 1);
|
|
iSubItem++)
|
|
{
|
|
AddColumn(iSubItem, g_rgColumns[iColId]);
|
|
iColId++;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Skip over the Folder column if it's hidden.
|
|
//
|
|
if (!m_lvsi.fShowFolder && DetailsView::idCol_Folder == iColId)
|
|
iColId++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Restore column widths to where the user left them last time
|
|
// the details view was used.
|
|
//
|
|
if (m_lvsi.cb == sizeof(LV_STATE_INFO))
|
|
{
|
|
for (UINT i = 0; i < DetailsView::idCol_Last; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (0 != m_lvsi.rgcxCol[i])
|
|
{
|
|
ListView_SetColumnWidth(m_hwndListView, i, m_lvsi.rgcxCol[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Restore the user's last column ordering.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((Header_GetItemCount(m_hwndHeader) <= ARRAYSIZE(m_lvsi.rgColIndices)));
|
|
|
|
Header_SetOrderArray(m_hwndHeader, Header_GetItemCount(m_hwndHeader),
|
|
m_lvsi.rgColIndices);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check the "Show Folder" menu item to indicate the current visibility state
|
|
// of the Folder column.
|
|
//
|
|
CheckMenuItem(GetMenu(m_hwndMain),
|
|
IDM_VIEW_SHOWFOLDER,
|
|
MF_BYCOMMAND | (m_lvsi.fShowFolder ? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Set the sensitivity of the "by Folder" item arrangement menu option.
|
|
//
|
|
EnableMenuItem_ArrangeByFolder(m_lvsi.fShowFolder);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create and activate the listview tooltip window.
|
|
// Even though the standard listview has a tooltip window, we need more
|
|
// control that it provides. i.e.: We need to be able to enable/disable
|
|
// the tooltip as well as notify the control when a new listview item
|
|
// has been hit. Therefore, we need our own tooltip window.
|
|
//
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(CreateListViewToolTip()))
|
|
ActivateListViewToolTip(!m_lvsi.fShowFolder);
|
|
else
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW, Failed creating tooltip window.")));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add WARNING and ERROR images to the listview's image list.
|
|
// These are used for the "Status" column.
|
|
//
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult = AddImages()))
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW, Failed adding images to image list.")));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
#if DBG
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW - Failed creating list view with result 0x%08X"),
|
|
hResult));
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::RemoveColumn
|
|
|
|
Description: Removes a specified column from the list view.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iColId - 0-based index of the column in the list view.
|
|
i.e. idCol_Folder, idCol_Name etc.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Column could not be removed.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/06/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::RemoveColumn(
|
|
INT iColId
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iSubItem = m_ColMap.IdToSubItem(iColId);
|
|
if (-1 != iSubItem && ListView_DeleteColumn(m_hwndListView, iSubItem))
|
|
{
|
|
m_ColMap.RemoveId(iSubItem);
|
|
return NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E_FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::AddColumn
|
|
|
|
Description: Adds a column to the list view. The caller specifies which
|
|
0-based position the column is to occupy and a reference to a column
|
|
descriptor record containing information that defines the column.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iSubItem - 0-based index of the column in the list view.
|
|
|
|
ColDesc - Reference to column descriptor record.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - One or more columns could not be inserted.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/06/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::AddColumn(
|
|
INT iSubItem,
|
|
const DV_COLDATA& ColDesc
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
LV_COLUMN col;
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
CString strColText(g_hInstDll, ColDesc.idMsgText);
|
|
col.pszText = strColText;
|
|
|
|
if (0 == ColDesc.cx)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// No width specified in col desc record. Size column to the title.
|
|
//
|
|
HDC hdc = NULL;
|
|
TEXTMETRIC tm;
|
|
|
|
hdc = GetDC(m_hwndListView);
|
|
GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
|
|
ReleaseDC(m_hwndListView, hdc);
|
|
//
|
|
// Nothing special about the +2. Without it, we get trailing ellipsis.
|
|
//
|
|
col.cx = tm.tmAveCharWidth * (lstrlen(col.pszText) + 2);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
col.cx = ColDesc.cx; // Use width from col descriptor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
col.iSubItem = iSubItem;
|
|
col.fmt = ColDesc.fmt;
|
|
col.mask = LVCF_FMT | LVCF_TEXT | LVCF_WIDTH | LVCF_SUBITEM;
|
|
|
|
if (-1 != ListView_InsertColumn(m_hwndListView, iSubItem, &col))
|
|
m_ColMap.InsertId(iSubItem, ColDesc.iColId);
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::AddImages
|
|
|
|
Description: Adds icon images to the list view's image lists. These
|
|
icons are used in the status column to indicate overrun of the
|
|
quota threshold and limit.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - One or more icons could not be loaded.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/06/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::AddImages(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
HIMAGELIST hSmallImages = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the image lists for the listview.
|
|
//
|
|
hSmallImages = ImageList_Create(BITMAP_WIDTH, BITMAP_HEIGHT, ILC_MASK, 3, 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: The order of these icon ID's in this array must match with the
|
|
// iIMAGELIST_ICON_XXXXX macros defined at the top of this file.
|
|
// The macro values represent the image indices in the image list.
|
|
//
|
|
struct IconDef
|
|
{
|
|
LPTSTR szName;
|
|
HINSTANCE hInstDll;
|
|
} rgIcons[] = {
|
|
{ MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDI_OKBUBBLE), g_hInstDll },
|
|
{ IDI_WARNING, NULL },
|
|
{ MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDI_WARNERR), g_hInstDll }
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
for (UINT i = 0; i < ARRAYSIZE(rgIcons) && SUCCEEDED(hResult); i++)
|
|
{
|
|
HICON hIcon = LoadIcon(rgIcons[i].hInstDll, rgIcons[i].szName);
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != hIcon)
|
|
{
|
|
ImageList_AddIcon(hSmallImages, hIcon);
|
|
DestroyIcon(hIcon);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW - Error loading icon")));
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ImageList_SetBkColor(hSmallImages, CLR_NONE); // Transparent background.
|
|
|
|
ListView_SetImageList(m_hwndListView, hSmallImages, LVSIL_SMALL);
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CreateListViewToolTip
|
|
|
|
Description: Creates a tooltip window for displaying the user's folder
|
|
name when the Folder column is hidden. The entire listview
|
|
is defined as a single tool. We make the tooltip control think
|
|
each listview item is a separate tool by intercepting WM_MOUSEMOVE,
|
|
and performing a hit test to determine which listview item is hit.
|
|
If the cursor has moved over a new item, the tooltip control is sent
|
|
a WM_MOUSEMOVE(0,0). The next real WM_MOUSEMOVE that we relay to the
|
|
tooltip makes it think that it is on a new tool. This is required
|
|
so that tooltips popup and hide appropriately.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Failed to create tooltip window.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::CreateListViewToolTip(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
m_hwndListViewToolTip = CreateWindowEx(0,
|
|
TOOLTIPS_CLASS,
|
|
(LPTSTR)NULL,
|
|
TTS_ALWAYSTIP,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
m_hwndListView,
|
|
(HMENU)NULL,
|
|
g_hInstDll,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
if (NULL != m_hwndListViewToolTip)
|
|
{
|
|
TOOLINFO ti;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Set tooltip timing parameter so that it pops up after
|
|
// 1/2 second of no-mouse-movement.
|
|
//
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndListViewToolTip,
|
|
TTM_SETDELAYTIME,
|
|
TTDT_INITIAL,
|
|
(LPARAM)500);
|
|
|
|
ti.cbSize = sizeof(TOOLINFO);
|
|
ti.uFlags = TTF_IDISHWND;
|
|
ti.hwnd = m_hwndListView;
|
|
ti.hinst = g_hInstDll;
|
|
ti.uId = (UINT_PTR)m_hwndListView; // Treat entire LV as a tool.
|
|
ti.lpszText = LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK;
|
|
|
|
if (SendMessage(m_hwndListViewToolTip,
|
|
TTM_ADDTOOL,
|
|
0,
|
|
(LPARAM)&ti))
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CreateStatusBar
|
|
|
|
Description: Creates the status bar.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Failed to create status bar.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::CreateStatusBar(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != m_hwndMain));
|
|
m_hwndStatusBar = CreateWindow(STATUSCLASSNAME,
|
|
TEXT(""),
|
|
WS_VISIBLE | WS_CHILD | WS_BORDER | SBS_SIZEGRIP,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
m_hwndMain,
|
|
(HMENU)NULL,
|
|
g_hInstDll,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
if (NULL != m_hwndStatusBar)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Show/hide status bar according to registry setting.
|
|
//
|
|
if (!m_lvsi.fStatusBar)
|
|
ShowWindow(m_hwndStatusBar, SW_HIDE);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check the menu item to indicate the current status bar state.
|
|
//
|
|
CheckMenuItem(GetMenu(m_hwndMain),
|
|
IDM_VIEW_STATUSBAR,
|
|
MF_BYCOMMAND | (m_lvsi.fStatusBar ? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW - Failed creating status bar."), hResult));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CreateToolBar
|
|
|
|
Description: Creates the tool bar.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Failed to create status bar.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
02/26/97 Changed to flat toolbar buttons. BrianAu
|
|
05/20/97 Added "Find User" button and combo box. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::CreateToolBar(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Array describing each of the tool bar buttons.
|
|
//
|
|
TBBUTTON rgToolBarBtns[] = {
|
|
{ STD_FILENEW, IDM_QUOTA_NEW, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON, 0L, 0},
|
|
{ STD_DELETE, IDM_QUOTA_DELETE, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON, 0L, 0},
|
|
{ STD_PROPERTIES, IDM_QUOTA_PROPERTIES, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON, 0L, 0},
|
|
{ STD_UNDO, IDM_EDIT_UNDO, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON, 0L, 0},
|
|
{ STD_FIND, IDM_EDIT_FIND, TBSTATE_ENABLED, TBSTYLE_BUTTON, 0L, 0}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != m_hwndMain));
|
|
|
|
m_hwndToolBar = CreateToolbarEx(m_hwndMain,
|
|
WS_CHILD | WS_BORDER | WS_VISIBLE | TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS | TBSTYLE_FLAT,
|
|
IDC_TOOLBAR,
|
|
15,
|
|
(HINSTANCE)HINST_COMMCTRL,
|
|
IDB_STD_SMALL_COLOR,
|
|
(LPCTBBUTTON)rgToolBarBtns,
|
|
ARRAYSIZE(rgToolBarBtns),
|
|
0,
|
|
0,
|
|
100,
|
|
30,
|
|
sizeof(TBBUTTON));
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != m_hwndToolBar)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// FEATURE: I'm creating this combo without the WS_VISIBLE
|
|
// attribute set. I originally coded this to have a
|
|
// "find" dropdown combo in the toolbar similar to that
|
|
// found in MS Dev Studio. Later we decided that this
|
|
// was unnecessarily redundant with the "find" dialog
|
|
// and it's dropdown combo. I'm leaving the code for
|
|
// two reasons.
|
|
// 1. I don't want to break the existing implementation.
|
|
// 2. If we decide later to re-enable the feature it will
|
|
// be easy to reactivate.
|
|
//
|
|
// [brianau - 1/20/98]
|
|
//
|
|
m_hwndToolbarCombo = CreateWindowEx(0,
|
|
TEXT("COMBOBOX"),
|
|
TEXT(""),
|
|
WS_CHILD | WS_BORDER |
|
|
CBS_HASSTRINGS | CBS_DROPDOWN |
|
|
CBS_AUTOHSCROLL,
|
|
0, 0,
|
|
CX_TOOLBAR_COMBO,
|
|
CY_TOOLBAR_COMBO,
|
|
m_hwndToolBar,
|
|
(HMENU)IDC_TOOLBAR_COMBO,
|
|
g_hInstDll,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
if (NULL != m_hwndToolbarCombo)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Set the font in the toolbar combo to be the same as that
|
|
// used in listview. This assumes that the listview
|
|
// has already been created.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != m_hwndListView));
|
|
HFONT hfontMain = (HFONT)SendMessage(m_hwndListView, WM_GETFONT, 0, 0);
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndToolbarCombo, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hfontMain, 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize the "user finder" object so that it knows
|
|
// how to communicate with the toolbar combo box.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pUserFinder->ConnectToolbarCombo(m_hwndToolbarCombo);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieve the finder's MRU list contents from the registry and
|
|
// load the toolbar's combo box.
|
|
// The check for cMruEntries < MAX_FINDMRU_ENTRIES is to prevent
|
|
// this loop from running wild if someone trashes the registry entry.
|
|
//
|
|
RegKey keyPref(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, REGSTR_KEY_DISKQUOTA);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(keyPref.Open(KEY_READ)))
|
|
{
|
|
CArray<CString> rgstrMRU;
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(keyPref.GetValue(REGSTR_VAL_FINDMRU, &rgstrMRU)))
|
|
{
|
|
int n = rgstrMRU.Count();
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndToolbarCombo,
|
|
CB_ADDSTRING,
|
|
0,
|
|
(LPARAM)(rgstrMRU[i].Cstr()));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Show/hide tool bar according to registry setting.
|
|
//
|
|
if (!m_lvsi.fToolBar)
|
|
ShowWindow(m_hwndToolBar, SW_HIDE);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check the menu item to indicate the current tool bar state.
|
|
//
|
|
CheckMenuItem(GetMenu(m_hwndMain),
|
|
IDM_VIEW_TOOLBAR,
|
|
MF_BYCOMMAND | (m_lvsi.fToolBar ? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED));
|
|
//
|
|
// Initially, we have nothing in the undo list.
|
|
//
|
|
EnableMenuItem_Undo(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW - Failed creating tool bar."), hResult));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::LoadObjects
|
|
|
|
Description: Loads the user object list with quota record objects.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Failed enumerating users or adding objects to listview.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::LoadObjects(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != m_pQuotaControl));
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Use a user enumerator object for obtaining all of the quota users.
|
|
//
|
|
IEnumDiskQuotaUsers *pEnumUsers = NULL;
|
|
|
|
hResult = m_pQuotaControl->CreateEnumUsers(
|
|
NULL, // All entries.
|
|
0, // All entries.
|
|
DISKQUOTA_USERNAME_RESOLVE_ASYNC, // Asynchronous operation.
|
|
&pEnumUsers);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
IDiskQuotaUser *pUser = NULL;
|
|
hResult = S_OK;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// m_bStopLoadingObjects is sort of a hack so that we can interrupt
|
|
// object loading if the user closes the view while loading is in progress.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is probably the most speed-critical loop in the disk quota UI.
|
|
// The faster it is, the less time the user must wait for the listview
|
|
// to be populated with user objects.
|
|
//
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Go ahead and take a lock on the user list during the entire loading
|
|
// process. This will let the list locking code in m_UserList.Append
|
|
// proceded without having to obtain the lock each time.
|
|
//
|
|
m_UserList.Lock();
|
|
while(!m_bStopLoadingObjects)
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD cUsers = 1;
|
|
|
|
hResult = pEnumUsers->Next(cUsers, &pUser, &cUsers);
|
|
if (S_OK == hResult)
|
|
{
|
|
m_UserList.Append(pUser);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pUser = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
pEnumUsers->Release(); // Release the enumerator.
|
|
pEnumUsers = NULL;
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Clean up before re-throwing exception.
|
|
// Leave m_UserList in the pre-exception state.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != pUser)
|
|
pUser->Release();
|
|
if (NULL != pEnumUsers)
|
|
pEnumUsers->Release();
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
|
|
m_bStopLoadingObjects = FALSE;
|
|
hResult = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (S_FALSE == hResult) // Means no-more-users.
|
|
hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
#if DBG
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW - Failed loading objects. Result = 0x%08X"),
|
|
hResult));
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
m_bStopLoadingObjects = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::ReleaseObjects
|
|
|
|
Description: Releases all objects from the user object list (listview).
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns NO_ERROR.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
02/21/97 Ownerdata listview. Added m_UserList. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::ReleaseObjects(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Destroy the user objects in the list.
|
|
//
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
m_UserList.Lock();
|
|
while(m_UserList.RemoveLast((LPVOID *)&pUser))
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != pUser)
|
|
pUser->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
|
|
return NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::SortObjects
|
|
|
|
Description: Sort objects in the list view using a given column as the key.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
idColumn - Number of the column (0-based) to use as the key.
|
|
|
|
dwDirection - 0 = Ascending sort, 1 = Descending sort.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
02/24/97 Added m_UserList. Ownerdata listview. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::SortObjects(
|
|
DWORD idColumn,
|
|
DWORD dwDirection
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((idColumn < DetailsView::idCol_Last));
|
|
|
|
CAutoWaitCursor waitcursor;
|
|
COMPARESTRUCT cs;
|
|
|
|
cs.idColumn = idColumn;
|
|
cs.dwDirection = dwDirection;
|
|
cs.pThis = this;
|
|
|
|
m_UserList.Lock();
|
|
m_UserList.Sort(CompareItems, (LPARAM)&cs);
|
|
InvalidateRect(m_hwndListView, NULL, TRUE);
|
|
UpdateWindow(m_hwndListView);
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CompareItems [static]
|
|
|
|
Description: Compares two items from the details view.
|
|
Note that it's a static method so there's no "this" pointer.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
lParam1 - Address of first user object.
|
|
|
|
lParam2 - Address of second user object.
|
|
|
|
lParam3 - Address of a COMPARESTRUCT structure.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
< 0 = User 1 is "less than" user 2.
|
|
0 = Users are "equivalent".
|
|
> 0 = User 1 is "greater than" user 2.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
09/05/96 Added domain name string. BrianAu
|
|
05/19/97 Fixed overflow in difference calculations. BrianAu
|
|
Changed type of "diff" from INT to __int64.
|
|
07/18/97 Use CompareString for name comparisons. BrianAu
|
|
Need to be locale-sensitive.
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
INT
|
|
DetailsView::CompareItems(
|
|
LPVOID lParam1,
|
|
LPVOID lParam2,
|
|
LPARAM lParam3
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT i[2];
|
|
__int64 diff = 0;
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser[2];
|
|
LONGLONG llValue[2];
|
|
PCOMPARESTRUCT pcs = (PCOMPARESTRUCT)lParam3;
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pcs));
|
|
DetailsView *pThis = pcs->pThis;
|
|
pUser[0] = (PDISKQUOTA_USER)lParam1;
|
|
pUser[1] = (PDISKQUOTA_USER)lParam2;
|
|
|
|
i[0] = pcs->dwDirection; // Sort direction (0 = ascending, 1 = descending)
|
|
i[1] = i[0] ^ 1; // Opposite of i[0].
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser[0]));
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser[1]));
|
|
|
|
switch(pcs->idColumn)
|
|
{
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Name:
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_LogonName:
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Folder:
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwAccountStatus[2];
|
|
pUser[0]->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus[0]);
|
|
pUser[1]->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus[1]);
|
|
|
|
if (DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_RESOLVED == dwAccountStatus[0] &&
|
|
DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_RESOLVED == dwAccountStatus[1])
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Both users have valid logon name strings.
|
|
//
|
|
INT iCompareResult; // For CompareString.
|
|
TCHAR szContainer[2][MAX_DOMAIN];
|
|
TCHAR szName[2][MAX_USERNAME];
|
|
TCHAR szLogonName[2][MAX_USERNAME];
|
|
pUser[0]->GetName(szContainer[0], ARRAYSIZE(szContainer[0]),
|
|
szLogonName[0], ARRAYSIZE(szLogonName[0]),
|
|
szName[0], ARRAYSIZE(szName[0]));
|
|
|
|
pUser[1]->GetName(szContainer[1], ARRAYSIZE(szContainer[1]),
|
|
szLogonName[1], ARRAYSIZE(szLogonName[1]),
|
|
szName[1], ARRAYSIZE(szName[1]));
|
|
|
|
if (DetailsView::idCol_Folder == pcs->idColumn)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Sort by container + logon name.
|
|
// Use CompareString so we're locale-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
iCompareResult = CompareString(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT,
|
|
NORM_IGNORECASE,
|
|
szContainer[ i[0] ], -1,
|
|
szContainer[ i[1] ], -1);
|
|
if (CSTR_EQUAL == iCompareResult)
|
|
{
|
|
iCompareResult = CompareString(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT,
|
|
NORM_IGNORECASE,
|
|
szLogonName[ i[0] ], -1,
|
|
szLogonName[ i[1] ], -1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (DetailsView::idCol_Name == pcs->idColumn)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Sort by display name + container.
|
|
// Use CompareString so we're locale-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
iCompareResult = CompareString(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT,
|
|
NORM_IGNORECASE,
|
|
szName[ i[0] ], -1,
|
|
szName[ i[1] ], -1);
|
|
|
|
if (CSTR_EQUAL == iCompareResult)
|
|
{
|
|
iCompareResult = CompareString(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT,
|
|
NORM_IGNORECASE,
|
|
szContainer[ i[0] ], -1,
|
|
szContainer[ i[1] ], -1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (DetailsView::idCol_LogonName == pcs->idColumn)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Sort by logon name + container.
|
|
// Use CompareString so we're locale-sensitive.
|
|
//
|
|
iCompareResult = CompareString(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT,
|
|
NORM_IGNORECASE,
|
|
szLogonName[ i[0] ], -1,
|
|
szLogonName[ i[1] ], -1);
|
|
|
|
if (CSTR_EQUAL == iCompareResult)
|
|
{
|
|
iCompareResult = CompareString(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT,
|
|
NORM_IGNORECASE,
|
|
szContainer[ i[0] ], -1,
|
|
szContainer[ i[1] ], -1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// Convert iCompareResult [1,2,3] to [-1,0,1].
|
|
//
|
|
diff = iCompareResult - 2;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// At least one of the users hasn't been or can't be resolved.
|
|
// Compare by account status alone. Status values are such
|
|
// that a resolved name will sort before an unresolved name.
|
|
// Cast to (INT) is required for proper ordering.
|
|
//
|
|
diff = (INT)dwAccountStatus[ i[0] ] - (INT)dwAccountStatus[ i[1] ];
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Status:
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// The status image is based on the quota "state" of the user.
|
|
// This expression effectively compares user records by status image.
|
|
//
|
|
diff = (pThis->GetUserQuotaState(pUser[ i[0] ]) - pThis->GetUserQuotaState(pUser[ i[1] ]));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_AmtUsed:
|
|
{
|
|
pUser[0]->GetQuotaUsed(&llValue[0]);
|
|
pUser[1]->GetQuotaUsed(&llValue[1]);
|
|
diff = llValue[ i[0] ] - llValue[ i[1] ];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Limit:
|
|
{
|
|
pUser[0]->GetQuotaLimit(&llValue[0]);
|
|
pUser[1]->GetQuotaLimit(&llValue[1]);
|
|
|
|
if (NOLIMIT == llValue[ i[0] ])
|
|
diff = 1;
|
|
else if (NOLIMIT == llValue[ i[1] ])
|
|
diff = -1;
|
|
else
|
|
diff = llValue[ i[0] ] - llValue[ i[1] ];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Threshold:
|
|
{
|
|
pUser[0]->GetQuotaThreshold(&llValue[0]);
|
|
pUser[1]->GetQuotaThreshold(&llValue[1]);
|
|
|
|
if (NOLIMIT == llValue[ i[0] ])
|
|
diff = 1;
|
|
else if (NOLIMIT == llValue[ i[1] ])
|
|
diff = -1;
|
|
else
|
|
diff = llValue[ i[0] ] - llValue[ i[1] ];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_PctUsed:
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwPct[2];
|
|
CalcPctQuotaUsed(pUser[0], &dwPct[0]);
|
|
CalcPctQuotaUsed(pUser[1], &dwPct[1]);
|
|
diff = (INT)dwPct[ i[0] ] - (INT)dwPct[ i[1] ];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Translate return value to -1, 0 or 1.
|
|
//
|
|
INT iReturn = 0;
|
|
if (0 != diff)
|
|
{
|
|
if (0 < diff)
|
|
iReturn = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
iReturn = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return iReturn;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::WndProc
|
|
|
|
Description: Window procedure for the details view main window. This
|
|
method merely dispatches the messages to other methods that do the
|
|
actual work. These work methods should be declared "inline".
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
DetailsView::WndProc(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieve the DetailsView object's "this" pointer from the window's
|
|
// USERDATA.
|
|
//
|
|
DetailsView *pThis = (DetailsView *)GetWindowLongPtr(hWnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
switch(message)
|
|
{
|
|
case WM_CREATE:
|
|
{
|
|
CREATESTRUCT *pcs = (CREATESTRUCT *)lParam;
|
|
PWNDCREATE_DATA pCreateData = (PWNDCREATE_DATA)(pcs->lpCreateParams);
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pCreateData));
|
|
|
|
pThis = (DetailsView *)(pCreateData->pThis);
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(hWnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (INT_PTR)pThis);
|
|
|
|
InitCommonControls();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case WM_COMMAND:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnCommand(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
//
|
|
// Enable the "Undo" menu if the undo list is not empty.
|
|
//
|
|
pThis->EnableMenuItem_Undo(0 != pThis->m_pUndoList->Count());
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnContextMenu(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_CLOSE:
|
|
case WM_ENDSESSION:
|
|
DestroyWindow(hWnd);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_DESTROY:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnDestroy(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_ADD_USER_TO_DETAILS_VIEW: // This is DSKQUOTA-specific.
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->AddUser((PDISKQUOTA_USER)lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_MAINWINDOW_CREATED: // This is DSKQUOTA-specific.
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnMainWindowCreated(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_MENUSELECT:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnMenuSelect(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_NOTIFY:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnNotify(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_SETFOCUS:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnSetFocus(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_SIZE:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnSize(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
|
|
case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->OnSettingChange(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Handle out-of-memory errors here. Any other exceptions
|
|
// can be thrown to caller. Let ThreadProc handle them.
|
|
//
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(GetDesktopWindow(),
|
|
IDS_OUTOFMEMORY,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONERROR | MB_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::LVSubClassWndProc
|
|
|
|
Description: Window proc for the sub-classed listview control.
|
|
This is required so that we can intecept mouse messages and respond
|
|
to the request for tooltip text.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Std windows WndProc args.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
DetailsView::LVSubClassWndProc(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DetailsView *pThis = (DetailsView *)GetWindowLongPtr(hWnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
|
|
|
|
switch(message)
|
|
{
|
|
case WM_NOTIFY:
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Only return ToolTip text if TTN_NEEDTEXT is being
|
|
// sent from our tooltip. Don't respond to the listview's
|
|
// internal tooltip's request for text.
|
|
//
|
|
LV_DISPINFO *pDispInfo = (LV_DISPINFO *)lParam;
|
|
if (pDispInfo->hdr.hwndFrom == pThis->m_hwndListViewToolTip)
|
|
{
|
|
switch(pDispInfo->hdr.code)
|
|
{
|
|
case TTN_NEEDTEXT:
|
|
//
|
|
// FEATURE: With the removal of the "domain" term from the UI, I
|
|
// decided we don't need this tooltip any more.
|
|
// However, I'm making this change in the last hour before
|
|
// "code complete" and I don't want to break something else.
|
|
// Therefore I'm just commenting this out and leaving the
|
|
// subclassing in place. If there's time later, this subclassing
|
|
// of the listview should be removed. [brianau - 03/19/98]
|
|
//
|
|
// pThis->LV_OnTTN_NeedText((TOOLTIPTEXT *)lParam);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->LV_OnMouseMessages(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WM_ADD_USER_TO_DETAILS_VIEW: // This is DSKQUOTA-specific.
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
pThis->AddUser((PDISKQUOTA_USER)lParam);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis->m_lpfnLVWndProc));
|
|
return CallWindowProc(pThis->m_lpfnLVWndProc, hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCommand
|
|
|
|
Description: Handler for WM_COMMAND.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
09/06/96 Added "Show Domain" menu option. BrianAu
|
|
05/20/97 Added IDM_EDIT_FIND and IDM_EDIT_FIND_LIST. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCommand(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
switch(LOWORD(wParam))
|
|
{
|
|
case IDM_EDIT_INVERTSELECTION:
|
|
InvertSelectedItems();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_EDIT_UNDO:
|
|
OnCmdUndo();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_EDIT_FIND:
|
|
OnCmdFind();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_EDIT_FIND_LIST:
|
|
SetFocus(m_hwndToolbarCombo);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_EDIT_SELECTALL:
|
|
SelectAllItems();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_EDIT_COPY:
|
|
OnCmdEditCopy();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_HELP_ABOUT:
|
|
OnHelpAbout(hWnd);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_HELP_TOPICS:
|
|
OnHelpTopics(hWnd);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_QUOTA_CLOSE:
|
|
DestroyWindow(m_hwndMain);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_QUOTA_DELETE:
|
|
OnCmdDelete();
|
|
FocusOnSomething(); // Needed if DEL key pressed.
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_QUOTA_NEW:
|
|
OnCmdNew();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_QUOTA_PROPERTIES:
|
|
OnCmdProperties();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_QUOTA_IMPORT:
|
|
OnCmdImport();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_QUOTA_EXPORT:
|
|
OnCmdExport();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYFOLDER:
|
|
SortObjects(DetailsView::idCol_Folder, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYLIMIT:
|
|
SortObjects(DetailsView::idCol_Limit, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYNAME:
|
|
SortObjects(DetailsView::idCol_Name, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYLOGONNAME:
|
|
SortObjects(DetailsView::idCol_LogonName, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYPERCENT:
|
|
SortObjects(DetailsView::idCol_PctUsed, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYTHRESHOLD:
|
|
SortObjects(DetailsView::idCol_Threshold, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYSTATUS:
|
|
SortObjects(DetailsView::idCol_Status, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYUSED:
|
|
SortObjects(DetailsView::idCol_AmtUsed, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_REFRESH:
|
|
Refresh(true);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_STATUSBAR:
|
|
OnCmdViewStatusBar();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_TOOLBAR:
|
|
OnCmdViewToolBar();
|
|
break;
|
|
case IDM_VIEW_SHOWFOLDER:
|
|
OnCmdViewShowFolder();
|
|
break;
|
|
//
|
|
// These are just for development.
|
|
//
|
|
// case IDM_CLEAR_CACHE:
|
|
// m_pQuotaControl->InvalidateSidNameCache();
|
|
// break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnSettingChange(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HWND rghwnd[] = { m_hwndListView,
|
|
m_hwndStatusBar,
|
|
m_hwndToolBar,
|
|
m_hwndToolbarCombo,
|
|
m_hwndListViewToolTip,
|
|
m_hwndHeader };
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < ARRAYSIZE(rghwnd); i++)
|
|
{
|
|
SendMessage(rghwnd[i], uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Is an x,y screen position in the LV header control?
|
|
//
|
|
BOOL
|
|
DetailsView::HitTestHeader(
|
|
int xPos,
|
|
int yPos
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rcHdr;
|
|
POINT pt = { xPos, yPos };
|
|
|
|
GetWindowRect(m_hwndHeader, &rcHdr);
|
|
return PtInRect(&rcHdr, pt);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnContextMenu
|
|
|
|
Description: Handler for WM_CONTEXTMENU.
|
|
Creates and tracks a popup context menu for deleting
|
|
selected object(s) and showing their properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnContextMenu(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Only display menu if the message is from the list view and there's
|
|
// one or more objects selected in the list view.
|
|
//
|
|
if ((HWND)wParam == m_hwndListView &&
|
|
!HitTestHeader(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)) &&
|
|
ListView_GetSelectedCount(m_hwndListView) > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
HMENU hMenu = LoadMenu(g_hInstDll, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDM_CONTEXT_MENU));
|
|
if (NULL != hMenu)
|
|
{
|
|
HMENU hMenuTrackPopup = GetSubMenu(hMenu, 0);
|
|
|
|
SetMenuDefaultItem(hMenuTrackPopup, IDM_QUOTA_PROPERTIES, MF_BYCOMMAND);
|
|
|
|
if (LPARAM(-1) == lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Invoked from keyboard. Place menu at focused item.
|
|
//
|
|
POINT pt = { -1, -1 };
|
|
int i = ListView_GetNextItem(m_hwndListView, -1, LVNI_FOCUSED);
|
|
if (i != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
ListView_GetItemPosition(m_hwndListView, i, &pt);
|
|
ClientToScreen(m_hwndListView, &pt);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
lParam = MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y);
|
|
}
|
|
if (LPARAM(-1) != lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
TrackPopupMenu(hMenuTrackPopup,
|
|
TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_RIGHTBUTTON,
|
|
GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
|
|
GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
|
|
0,
|
|
hWnd,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
DestroyMenu(hMenu);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnDestroy
|
|
|
|
Description: Handler for WM_DESTROY.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnDestroy(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// We don't want to destroy the view window while a user-name-changed
|
|
// update is in progress. Likewise, we don't want to perform a name
|
|
// update if the view is being (or has been) destroyed. The crit sec
|
|
// m_csAsyncUpdate and the flag m_bDestroyingView work together to
|
|
// ensure this.
|
|
//
|
|
EnterCriticalSection(&m_csAsyncUpdate);
|
|
|
|
m_bDestroyingView = TRUE; // Destruction of DetailsView in progress.
|
|
m_bStopLoadingObjects = TRUE; // Will terminate in-progress loading.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Unregister the main window as an OLE drop target.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != hWnd)
|
|
{
|
|
RegisterAsDropTarget(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Cancel subclassing of the listview control.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != m_lpfnLVWndProc)
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(m_hwndListView, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR)m_lpfnLVWndProc);
|
|
|
|
DisconnectEventSink();
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != m_pQuotaControl)
|
|
{
|
|
m_pQuotaControl->Release();
|
|
m_pQuotaControl = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save the view dimensions and column widths to the registry.
|
|
// We want the user to be able to configure the view and leave it.
|
|
//
|
|
SaveViewStateToRegistry();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If we have a data object on the clipboard, clear the clipboard.
|
|
// Note that the clipboard holds the reference to the data object.
|
|
// When we clear the clipboard, the data object will be released.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != m_pIDataObjectOnClipboard &&
|
|
S_OK == OleIsCurrentClipboard(m_pIDataObjectOnClipboard))
|
|
{
|
|
OleFlushClipboard();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// All done now. Post a WM_QUIT message to the thread to tell
|
|
// it to exit. On termination, the thread proc will release
|
|
// the view object, calling the destructor.
|
|
//
|
|
PostMessage(hWnd, WM_QUIT, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
LeaveCriticalSection(&m_csAsyncUpdate);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::RegisterAsDropTarget
|
|
|
|
Description: Registers or De-Registers the details view window as
|
|
an OLE drop target.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
bActive - If TRUE, registers as a drop target.
|
|
If FALSE, un-registers as a drop target.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/28/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::RegisterAsDropTarget(
|
|
BOOL bActive
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (bActive)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Register as a drop target.
|
|
//
|
|
CoLockObjectExternal(static_cast<IDropTarget *>(this), TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
RegisterDragDrop(m_hwndMain, static_cast<IDropTarget *>(this));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Un-register as a drop target.
|
|
//
|
|
RevokeDragDrop(m_hwndMain);
|
|
CoLockObjectExternal(static_cast<IDropTarget *>(this), FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::SaveViewStateToRegistry
|
|
|
|
Description: Saves the listview height/width and the column widths to
|
|
the registry. When the listview is created, these values are used
|
|
to size it so that the user doesn't always have to re-configure the
|
|
view every time they open it. Also saves the visibility state of the
|
|
toolbar, statusbar and folder column.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/25/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
05/20/97 Added FindMRU list to persistent reg data. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::SaveViewStateToRegistry(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
HDC hdc = GetDC(m_hwndMain);
|
|
|
|
RegKey keyPref(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, REGSTR_KEY_DISKQUOTA);
|
|
if (FAILED(keyPref.Open(KEY_WRITE, true)))
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Error opening reg key \"%s\""), REGSTR_KEY_DISKQUOTA));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_lvsi.cb = sizeof(LV_STATE_INFO);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save current screen resolution.
|
|
//
|
|
m_lvsi.cxScreen = (WORD)GetDeviceCaps(hdc, HORZRES);
|
|
m_lvsi.cyScreen = (WORD)GetDeviceCaps(hdc, VERTRES);
|
|
ReleaseDC(m_hwndMain, hdc);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save current listview window size.
|
|
//
|
|
GetWindowRect(m_hwndMain, &rc);
|
|
m_lvsi.cx = rc.right - rc.left;
|
|
m_lvsi.cy = rc.bottom - rc.top;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save listview column widths.
|
|
//
|
|
UINT cColumns = Header_GetItemCount(m_hwndHeader);
|
|
for (UINT i = 0; i < cColumns; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
m_lvsi.rgcxCol[i] = ListView_GetColumnWidth(m_hwndListView, i);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save the current order of the columns in the listview.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT(cColumns <= ARRAYSIZE(m_lvsi.rgColIndices));
|
|
|
|
Header_GetOrderArray(m_hwndHeader, cColumns, m_lvsi.rgColIndices);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save column sorting state.
|
|
// Casts are because we use a WORD bit field in the LVSI structure.
|
|
//
|
|
m_lvsi.iLastColSorted = (WORD)(m_iLastColSorted & 0xF); // Uses only lower 4 bits.
|
|
m_lvsi.fSortDirection = (WORD)m_fSortDirection;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Write preference data to registry.
|
|
//
|
|
keyPref.SetValue(REGSTR_VAL_PREFERENCES, (LPBYTE)&m_lvsi, m_lvsi.cb);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save the contents of the Find MRU list.
|
|
//
|
|
UINT cNames = (UINT)SendMessage(m_hwndToolbarCombo, CB_GETCOUNT, 0, 0);
|
|
if (CB_ERR != cNames && 0 < cNames)
|
|
{
|
|
CArray<CString> rgstrNames(cNames);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < cNames; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
INT cchName = (INT)SendMessage(m_hwndToolbarCombo, CB_GETLBTEXTLEN, i, 0);
|
|
if (CB_ERR != cchName && 0 < cchName)
|
|
{
|
|
CString s;
|
|
cchName = (INT)SendMessage(m_hwndToolbarCombo, CB_GETLBTEXT, i, (LPARAM)s.GetBuffer(cchName + 1));
|
|
s.ReleaseBuffer();
|
|
if (CB_ERR != cchName)
|
|
{
|
|
rgstrNames[i] = s;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
keyPref.SetValue(REGSTR_VAL_FINDMRU, rgstrNames);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnMainWindowCreated
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles WM_MAIN_WINDOW_CREATED.
|
|
This message is posted by ThreadProc after main window creation is
|
|
complete. It does all the stuff to get the window up and running.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnMainWindowCreated(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != m_hwndMain));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The accelerator table is automatically freed by Windows
|
|
// when the app terminates.
|
|
//
|
|
m_hKbdAccel = LoadAccelerators(g_hInstDll,
|
|
MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDR_KBDACCEL));
|
|
|
|
CreateListView();
|
|
CreateStatusBar();
|
|
CreateToolBar();
|
|
ConnectEventSink();
|
|
ShowWindow(m_hwndMain, SW_SHOWNORMAL);
|
|
UpdateWindow(m_hwndMain);
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the UNDO object.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pUndoList = new UndoList(&m_UserList, m_hwndListView);
|
|
|
|
ShowItemCountInStatusBar();
|
|
Refresh();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnMenuSelect
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles WM_MENUSELECT.
|
|
If a menu item is currently selected AND the status bar is visible,
|
|
the menu item's description is displayed in the status bar. When
|
|
the menu is closed, the status bar reverts back to an item count.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnMenuSelect(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (0xFFFF == HIWORD(wParam) && NULL == (HMENU)lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Menu closed.
|
|
//
|
|
m_bMenuActive = FALSE;
|
|
ShowItemCountInStatusBar();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Item selected.
|
|
//
|
|
m_bMenuActive = TRUE;
|
|
ShowMenuTextInStatusBar(LOWORD(wParam));
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnNotify
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles all LVN_XXXXXX list view control notifications.
|
|
Dispatches specific notifications to other handlers.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnNotify(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
NMHDR *pnmhdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
|
|
|
|
switch(pnmhdr->code)
|
|
{
|
|
case NM_DBLCLK:
|
|
case NM_RETURN:
|
|
OnCmdProperties( );
|
|
//
|
|
// Enable/disable Undo menu item.
|
|
//
|
|
EnableMenuItem_Undo(0 != m_pUndoList->Count());
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NM_SETFOCUS:
|
|
FocusOnSomething(); // Something should always be highlighted.
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case LVN_ODFINDITEM:
|
|
OnLVN_OwnerDataFindItem((NMLVFINDITEM *)lParam);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case LVN_GETDISPINFO:
|
|
OnLVN_GetDispInfo((LV_DISPINFO *)lParam);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case LVN_BEGINDRAG:
|
|
OnLVN_BeginDrag((NM_LISTVIEW *)lParam);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case LVN_COLUMNCLICK:
|
|
OnLVN_ColumnClick((NM_LISTVIEW *)lParam);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case LVN_ITEMCHANGED:
|
|
OnLVN_ItemChanged((NM_LISTVIEW *)lParam);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case TTN_NEEDTEXT:
|
|
OnTTN_NeedText((TOOLTIPTEXT *)lParam);
|
|
//
|
|
// Fall through.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::LV_OnMouseMessages
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles mouse messages for the subclassed listview control.
|
|
These must be intercepted so that we can...
|
|
|
|
a) Tell the tooltip when we've hit another listview item.
|
|
and b) Forward all mouse messages to the tooltip window.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc args.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::LV_OnMouseMessages(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
switch(message)
|
|
{
|
|
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// If we've moved the mouse to another listview item,
|
|
// make the tooltip window think we're over another tool.
|
|
// The tooltip window thinks the entire listview is a single
|
|
// tool but we want to treat each item as a separate tool.
|
|
// Note that m_ptMouse.x and .y are recorded when the main
|
|
// window receives WM_MOUSEMOVE.
|
|
//
|
|
LV_HITTESTINFO hti;
|
|
INT iItem = 0;
|
|
|
|
hti.pt.x = m_ptMouse.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
|
|
hti.pt.y = m_ptMouse.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
|
|
|
|
if (-1 != (iItem = ListView_HitTest(m_hwndListView, &hti)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (iItem != m_iLastItemHit)
|
|
{
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndListViewToolTip, WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0, 0);
|
|
m_iLastItemHit = iItem;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ShowWindow(m_hwndListViewToolTip, SW_HIDE);
|
|
m_iLastItemHit = iItem;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Fall through.
|
|
//
|
|
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Relay all mouse messages to the listview's tooltip control.
|
|
//
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
msg.hwnd = hWnd;
|
|
msg.message = message;
|
|
msg.wParam = wParam;
|
|
msg.lParam = lParam;
|
|
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndListViewToolTip, TTM_RELAYEVENT, 0, (LPARAM)&msg);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdEditCopy
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles WM_COMMAND, IDM_EDIT_COPY. This is invoked whenever
|
|
a user selects the Copy menu item or presses Ctrl + C. The method
|
|
creates a DataObject (same used in drag-drop) and places it on the
|
|
OLE clipboard. The data is rendered when OLE asks for it via
|
|
IDataObject::GetData.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdEditCopy(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
hResult = QueryInterface(IID_IDataObject, (LPVOID *)&m_pIDataObjectOnClipboard);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
OleSetClipboard(m_pIDataObjectOnClipboard);
|
|
//
|
|
// OLE calls AddRef() so we can release the count added in QI.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pIDataObjectOnClipboard->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnLVN_BeginDrag
|
|
|
|
Description: Called when the user has selected one or more items in the
|
|
listview and begins a drag operation. Creates a DropSource object
|
|
and a DataObject then calls DoDragDrop() to execute the drag-drop
|
|
operation.
|
|
|
|
Note that we don't store the IDataObject pointer in
|
|
m_IDataObjectOnClipboard. That member is only for clipboard copy
|
|
operations, not drag/drop.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pNm - Address of notification message structure.
|
|
|
|
Returns: TRUE = Succeeded.
|
|
FALSE = Failed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnLVN_BeginDrag(
|
|
NM_LISTVIEW *pNm
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DetailsView::OnLVN_BeginDragDrop")));
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
IDataObject *pIDataObject = NULL;
|
|
IDropSource *pIDropSource = NULL;
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DRAGDROP - Beginning Drag/Drop")));
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = QueryInterface(IID_IDataObject, (LPVOID *)&pIDataObject);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = QueryInterface(IID_IDropSource, (LPVOID *)&pIDropSource);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwEffect = 0;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Unregister our window as a drop target while we're acting as a drop
|
|
// source. Don't want to drop our own data onto our own window.
|
|
//
|
|
RegisterAsDropTarget(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
hResult = DoDragDrop(pIDataObject,
|
|
pIDropSource,
|
|
DROPEFFECT_COPY | DROPEFFECT_MOVE,
|
|
&dwEffect);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// FEATURE: Should probably display some error UI here.
|
|
// The shell doesn't indicate any error if the
|
|
// destination volume is full or if there's a write
|
|
// error. The only indication of a failure is that
|
|
// dwEffect will contain 0. We could display something
|
|
// like "An error occured while transferring the selected
|
|
// items." The big problem is that only the shell knows
|
|
// where the data was stored so only it could delete
|
|
// the created file. Displaying a message but leaving
|
|
// the file is also confusing. [brianau 7/29/97]
|
|
// NT Bug 96282 will fix the shell not deleting the file.
|
|
//
|
|
RegisterAsDropTarget(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((TEXT("DRAGDROP - Drag/Drop complete.\n\t hResult = 0x%08X Effect = 0x%08X"),
|
|
hResult, dwEffect));
|
|
|
|
pIDropSource->Release();
|
|
pIDropSource = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
pIDataObject->Release();
|
|
pIDataObject = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != pIDropSource)
|
|
pIDropSource->Release();
|
|
if (NULL != pIDataObject)
|
|
pIDataObject->Release();
|
|
RegisterAsDropTarget(TRUE);
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
return SUCCEEDED(hResult);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnTTN_NeedText
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles requests for tooltip text for the main window's tool
|
|
bar buttons.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pToolTipText - Address of tooltip text notification information.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
07/09/97 Added cmd/TT cross reference. BrianAu
|
|
Previously used the tool status text in tooltip.
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnTTN_NeedText(
|
|
TOOLTIPTEXT *pToolTipText
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Cross-reference tool command IDs with tooltip text IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
const struct
|
|
{
|
|
UINT idCmd; // Tool cmd ID.
|
|
UINT idTT; // Tooltip text ID.
|
|
|
|
} CmdTTXRef[] = {
|
|
{ IDM_QUOTA_NEW, IDS_TT_QUOTA_NEW },
|
|
{ IDM_QUOTA_DELETE, IDS_TT_QUOTA_DELETE },
|
|
{ IDM_QUOTA_PROPERTIES, IDS_TT_QUOTA_PROPERTIES },
|
|
{ IDM_EDIT_UNDO, IDS_TT_EDIT_UNDO },
|
|
{ IDM_EDIT_FIND, IDS_TT_EDIT_FIND }
|
|
};
|
|
INT idTT = -1;
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < ARRAYSIZE(CmdTTXRef) && -1 == idTT; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (CmdTTXRef[i].idCmd == pToolTipText->hdr.idFrom)
|
|
idTT = CmdTTXRef[i].idTT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (-1 != idTT)
|
|
{
|
|
m_strDispText.Format(g_hInstDll, idTT);
|
|
pToolTipText->lpszText = (LPTSTR)m_strDispText;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::LV_OnTTN_NeedText
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles requests for tooltip text for the listview tooltip
|
|
window. This is where we get the foldername DOMAIN/USERNAME text for when the
|
|
"domain name" column is hidden.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pToolTipText - Address of tooltip text notification information.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
10/11/96 Added support for draggable columns. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::LV_OnTTN_NeedText(
|
|
TOOLTIPTEXT *pToolTipText
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Only provide text when the mouse is over the "User Name" column.
|
|
//
|
|
if (-1 != m_iLastItemHit)
|
|
{
|
|
INT cxMin = 0;
|
|
INT cxMax = 0;
|
|
INT cHdrs = Header_GetItemCount(m_hwndHeader);
|
|
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < cHdrs; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Find the left and right X coordinate for the "Name" column.
|
|
//
|
|
INT iCol = Header_OrderToIndex(m_hwndHeader, i);
|
|
INT cxCol = ListView_GetColumnWidth(m_hwndListView, iCol);
|
|
if (DetailsView::idCol_Name == m_ColMap.SubItemToId(iCol))
|
|
{
|
|
cxMax = cxMin + cxCol;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
cxMin += cxCol;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// cxMin now contains left edge of Name column.
|
|
// cxMax now contains right edge of Name column.
|
|
//
|
|
if (m_ptMouse.x >= cxMin && m_ptMouse.x <= cxMax)
|
|
{
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, m_iLastItemHit))
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szContainer[MAX_DOMAIN] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
TCHAR szLogonName[MAX_USERNAME] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
TCHAR szDisplayName[MAX_FULL_USERNAME] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
|
|
pUser->GetName(szContainer, ARRAYSIZE(szContainer),
|
|
szLogonName, ARRAYSIZE(szLogonName),
|
|
szDisplayName, ARRAYSIZE(szDisplayName));
|
|
|
|
if (TEXT('\0') != szContainer[0] && TEXT('\0') != szLogonName[0])
|
|
{
|
|
if (TEXT('\0') != szDisplayName[0])
|
|
m_strDispText.Format(g_hInstDll,
|
|
IDS_FMT_DISPLAY_LOGON_CONTAINER,
|
|
szDisplayName,
|
|
szLogonName,
|
|
szContainer);
|
|
else
|
|
m_strDispText.Format(g_hInstDll,
|
|
IDS_FMT_LOGON_CONTAINER,
|
|
szLogonName,
|
|
szContainer);
|
|
|
|
pToolTipText->lpszText = (LPTSTR)m_strDispText;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pToolTipText->lpszText = NULL;
|
|
pToolTipText->szText[0] = TEXT('\0');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnLVN_OwnerDataFindItem
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles LVN_ODFINDITEM for the listview control.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pFindInfo - Address of NMLVFINDITEM structure associated with the
|
|
notification.
|
|
|
|
Returns: 0-based index of found item. -1 if not found.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
02/21/97 Initial creation. Ownerdraw listview. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnLVN_OwnerDataFindItem(
|
|
NMLVFINDITEM *pFindInfo
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
switch(pFindInfo->lvfi.flags)
|
|
{
|
|
case LVFI_PARAM:
|
|
{
|
|
LPVOID pvUser = NULL;
|
|
|
|
m_UserList.Lock();
|
|
INT cUsers = m_UserList.Count();
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < cUsers; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve(&pvUser, i) &&
|
|
pvUser == (LPVOID)pFindInfo->lvfi.lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
iItem = i;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
//
|
|
// This app only uses lParam for locating items.
|
|
//
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return iItem;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnLVN_GetDispInfo
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles LVN_GETDISPINFO for the listview control.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pDispInfo - Address of LV_DISPINFO structure associated with the
|
|
notification.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
02/21/97 Initial creation. Ownerdraw listview. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnLVN_GetDispInfo(
|
|
LV_DISPINFO * pDispInfo
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
|
|
m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, pDispInfo->item.iItem);
|
|
if (NULL != pUser)
|
|
{
|
|
if (LVIF_TEXT & pDispInfo->item.mask)
|
|
OnLVN_GetDispInfo_Text(pDispInfo, pUser);
|
|
|
|
if ((LVIF_IMAGE & pDispInfo->item.mask) &&
|
|
(m_ColMap.SubItemToId(pDispInfo->item.iSubItem) == DetailsView::idCol_Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
OnLVN_GetDispInfo_Image(pDispInfo, pUser);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnLVN_GetDispInfo_Text
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles LVN_GETDISPINFO - LVIF_TEXT for the listview control.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pDispInfo - Address of LV_DISPINFO structure associated with the
|
|
notification.
|
|
|
|
pUser - Address of user object for listview item.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
09/22/96 Added user "full name" support. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnLVN_GetDispInfo_Text(
|
|
LV_DISPINFO *pDispInfo,
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
LONGLONG llValue;
|
|
NUMBERFMT NumFmt;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pDispInfo));
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
|
|
NumFmt.NumDigits = 0;
|
|
m_strDispText.Empty();
|
|
|
|
switch(m_ColMap.SubItemToId(pDispInfo->item.iSubItem))
|
|
{
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Status:
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
switch(GetUserQuotaState(pUser))
|
|
{
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_OK:
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strStatusOK;
|
|
break;
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_WARNING:
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strStatusWarning;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DBGASSERT((0));
|
|
//
|
|
// Fall through.
|
|
//
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_OVERLIMIT:
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strStatusOverlimit;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Folder:
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwAccountStatus = 0;
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
pUser->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus);
|
|
if (DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_RESOLVED == dwAccountStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
pUser->GetName(m_strDispText.GetBuffer(MAX_PATH),
|
|
MAX_PATH,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Non-normal account status. Leave domain column
|
|
// blank. Account name column will contain status information.
|
|
//
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Name:
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwAccountStatus = 0;
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
pUser->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus);
|
|
switch(dwAccountStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_RESOLVED:
|
|
pUser->GetName(NULL, 0,
|
|
NULL, 0,
|
|
m_strDispText.GetBuffer(MAX_USERNAME), MAX_USERNAME);
|
|
|
|
m_strDispText.ReleaseBuffer();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_UNRESOLVED:
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strAccountUnresolved;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_UNKNOWN:
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strAccountUnknown;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_INVALID:
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strAccountInvalid;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_DELETED:
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strAccountDeleted;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_UNAVAILABLE:
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strAccountUnavailable;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_LogonName:
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
|
|
DWORD dwAccountStatus = 0;
|
|
pUser->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus);
|
|
if (DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_RESOLVED == dwAccountStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// If the account SID has been resolved to a name,
|
|
// display the name.
|
|
//
|
|
pUser->GetName(NULL, 0,
|
|
m_strDispText.GetBuffer(MAX_USERNAME), MAX_USERNAME,
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
|
m_strDispText.ReleaseBuffer();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// If the account SID has NOT been resolved to a name, display
|
|
// the SID as a string.
|
|
//
|
|
BYTE Sid[MAX_SID_LEN];
|
|
DWORD cchSidStr = MAX_PATH;
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(pUser->GetSid(Sid, ARRAYSIZE(Sid))))
|
|
{
|
|
SidToString(Sid, m_strDispText.GetBuffer(cchSidStr), &cchSidStr);
|
|
m_strDispText.ReleaseBuffer();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_AmtUsed:
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaUsed(&llValue);
|
|
XBytes::FormatByteCountForDisplay(llValue,
|
|
m_strDispText.GetBuffer(40), 40);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Limit:
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaLimit(&llValue);
|
|
|
|
if (NOLIMIT == llValue)
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strNoLimit;
|
|
else
|
|
XBytes::FormatByteCountForDisplay(llValue,
|
|
m_strDispText.GetBuffer(40), 40);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Threshold:
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaThreshold(&llValue);
|
|
|
|
if (NOLIMIT == llValue)
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strNoLimit;
|
|
else
|
|
XBytes::FormatByteCountForDisplay(llValue,
|
|
m_strDispText.GetBuffer(40), 40);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_PctUsed:
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwPct = 0;
|
|
hResult = CalcPctQuotaUsed(pUser, &dwPct);
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
m_strDispText.Format(TEXT("%1!d!"), dwPct);
|
|
else
|
|
m_strDispText = m_strNotApplicable; // Not a number.
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pDispInfo->item.pszText = (LPTSTR)m_strDispText; // Used by all text callbacks.
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnLVN_GetDispInfo_Image
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles LVN_GETDISPINFO - LVIF_IMAGE for the listview control.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pDispInfo - Address of LV_DISPINFO structure associated with the
|
|
notification.
|
|
|
|
pUser - Address of user object for listview item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
09/12/96 Added CheckMark icon. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnLVN_GetDispInfo_Image(
|
|
LV_DISPINFO *pDispInfo,
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
switch(GetUserQuotaState(pUser))
|
|
{
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_OK:
|
|
pDispInfo->item.iImage = iIMAGELIST_ICON_OK;
|
|
break;
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_WARNING:
|
|
pDispInfo->item.iImage = iIMAGELIST_ICON_WARNING;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DBGASSERT((0));
|
|
//
|
|
// Fall through.
|
|
//
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_OVERLIMIT:
|
|
pDispInfo->item.iImage = iIMAGELIST_ICON_LIMIT;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetUserQuotaState
|
|
|
|
Description: Determines which of 3 states the user's quota values place
|
|
the user in. This is mainly used to determine what icon to display
|
|
in the "Status" column. It is also used to determine what text
|
|
to display in the "Status" column in a drag-drop report.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pUser - Address of user object for listview item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/10/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
INT
|
|
DetailsView::GetUserQuotaState(
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
LONGLONG llUsed;
|
|
LONGLONG llLimit;
|
|
INT iState = iUSERSTATE_OK;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaUsed(&llUsed);
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaLimit(&llLimit);
|
|
|
|
if (NOLIMIT != llLimit && llUsed > llLimit)
|
|
{
|
|
iState = iUSERSTATE_OVERLIMIT;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
LONGLONG llThreshold;
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaThreshold(&llThreshold);
|
|
|
|
if (NOLIMIT != llThreshold && llUsed > llThreshold)
|
|
iState = iUSERSTATE_WARNING;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return iState;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnLVN_ColumnClick
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles LVN_COLUMNCLICK list view notifications.
|
|
This is received when the user selects a column's label.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pNm - Address of listview notification message structure.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnLVN_ColumnClick(
|
|
NM_LISTVIEW *pNm
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT idCol = m_ColMap.SubItemToId(pNm->iSubItem);
|
|
|
|
if (idCol != m_iLastColSorted)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// New column selected. Reset to ascending sort order.
|
|
//
|
|
m_fSortDirection = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Column selected more than once. Toggle sort order.
|
|
//
|
|
m_fSortDirection ^= 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SortObjects(idCol, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Remember what column was selected.
|
|
//
|
|
m_iLastColSorted = idCol;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnLVN_ItemChanged
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles LVN_ITEMCHANGED listview notifications.
|
|
Updates the selected-item-count in the status bar.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pNm - Address of listview notification structure.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
05/18/97 Added promotion of user object in name resolution BrianAu
|
|
queue.
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnLVN_ItemChanged(
|
|
NM_LISTVIEW *pNm
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (LVIS_FOCUSED & pNm->uNewState)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!m_bMenuActive)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Only update the item count if a menu item is not active.
|
|
// This method is called WHENEVER an item is updated. This includes
|
|
// asynchronous notifications following name resolution. Without
|
|
// this check, a menu's descriptive text can be overwritten while
|
|
// the user is walking through menu items.
|
|
//
|
|
ShowItemCountInStatusBar();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
m_UserList.Lock();
|
|
m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, pNm->iItem);
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != pUser &&
|
|
NULL != m_pQuotaControl)
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwAccountStatus = 0;
|
|
pUser->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus);
|
|
|
|
if (DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_UNRESOLVED == dwAccountStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// If the user object hasn't been resolved yet, promote it to the
|
|
// head of the quota controller's SID-Name resolver queue.
|
|
// This will speed up the name resolution for this user without
|
|
// performing a blocking operation.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pQuotaControl->GiveUserNameResolutionPriority(pUser);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((0 == pNm->uNewState) || (LVIS_SELECTED & pNm->uNewState))
|
|
{
|
|
ShowItemCountInStatusBar();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::SetFocus
|
|
|
|
Description: Called whenever the main window receives focus. Immediately
|
|
transfers focus to the listview control. The listview in turn
|
|
ensures that one or more items are highlighted.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Std WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnSetFocus(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != m_hwndListView)
|
|
SetFocus(m_hwndListView);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnSize
|
|
|
|
Description: Handles WM_SIZE message.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
05/20/97 Added positioning of "Find User" combo in toolbar. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnSize(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rcMain;
|
|
RECT rcListView;
|
|
|
|
GetClientRect(hWnd, &rcMain); // How big's the main window?
|
|
|
|
rcListView = rcMain;
|
|
|
|
if (m_lvsi.fToolBar)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Adjust toolbar if it's visible.
|
|
//
|
|
RECT rcToolBar;
|
|
INT cyToolBar = 0;
|
|
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndToolBar, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
GetClientRect(m_hwndToolBar, &rcToolBar);
|
|
|
|
cyToolBar = rcToolBar.bottom - rcToolBar.top;
|
|
|
|
rcListView.top += (cyToolBar + 1);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Position the "Find User" combo box to the immediate right of the
|
|
// "Find" toolbar button.
|
|
// This code assumes that the "Find" toolbar button is the right-most
|
|
// button in the toolbar.
|
|
//
|
|
INT cButtons = (INT)SendMessage(m_hwndToolBar, TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0, 0);
|
|
if (0 < cButtons)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rcButton;
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndToolBar, TB_GETITEMRECT, cButtons - 1, (LPARAM)&rcButton);
|
|
|
|
RECT rcCombo;
|
|
GetWindowRect(m_hwndToolbarCombo, &rcCombo);
|
|
|
|
SetWindowPos(m_hwndToolbarCombo,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
rcButton.right + 1,
|
|
rcButton.top + 1,
|
|
0, 0,
|
|
SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOREDRAW | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (m_lvsi.fStatusBar)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Adjust status bar if it's visible.
|
|
//
|
|
RECT rcStatusBar;
|
|
INT cyStatusBar = 0;
|
|
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndStatusBar, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
GetClientRect(m_hwndStatusBar, &rcStatusBar);
|
|
|
|
cyStatusBar = rcStatusBar.bottom - rcStatusBar.top;
|
|
|
|
rcListView.bottom -= cyStatusBar;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Adjust the listview. Accounts for toolbar and status bar.
|
|
//
|
|
MoveWindow(m_hwndListView,
|
|
0,
|
|
rcListView.top,
|
|
rcListView.right - rcListView.left,
|
|
rcListView.bottom - rcListView.top,
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::SelectAllItems
|
|
|
|
Description: Highlights all items in the listview for selection.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::SelectAllItems(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT cItems = ListView_GetItemCount(m_hwndListView);
|
|
DWORD dwState = 0;
|
|
|
|
CAutoWaitCursor waitcursor;
|
|
SetFocus(m_hwndListView);
|
|
//
|
|
// This isn't documented but it's the way the shell does it for DefView.
|
|
//
|
|
ListView_SetItemState(m_hwndListView, -1, LVIS_SELECTED, LVIS_SELECTED);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::InvertSelection
|
|
|
|
Description: Selects all items that are not selected and unselects all
|
|
items that are.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::InvertSelectedItems(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
|
|
CAutoWaitCursor waitcursor;
|
|
SetFocus(m_hwndListView);
|
|
while ((iItem = ListView_GetNextItem(m_hwndListView, iItem, 0)) != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwState;
|
|
|
|
dwState = ListView_GetItemState(m_hwndListView, iItem, LVIS_SELECTED);
|
|
dwState ^= LVNI_SELECTED;
|
|
ListView_SetItemState(m_hwndListView, iItem, dwState, LVIS_SELECTED);
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnHelpAbout
|
|
|
|
Description: Handler for "About Windows NT" menu option.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
hWnd - Handle of parent window for "about" dialog.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnHelpAbout(
|
|
HWND hWnd
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szOpSysName[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
|
LoadString(g_hInstDll, IDS_WINDOWS, szOpSysName, ARRAYSIZE(szOpSysName));
|
|
ShellAbout(hWnd, szOpSysName, NULL, NULL);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnHelpTopics
|
|
|
|
Description: Handler for "Help Topics" menu option.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
hWnd - Handle of parent window for the help UI.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnHelpTopics(
|
|
HWND hWnd
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
const char szHtmlHelpFileA[] = "DSKQUOUI.CHM > windefault";
|
|
const char szHtmlHelpTopicA[] = "sag_DQtopnode.htm";
|
|
|
|
HtmlHelpA(hWnd,
|
|
szHtmlHelpFileA,
|
|
HH_DISPLAY_TOPIC,
|
|
(DWORD_PTR)szHtmlHelpTopicA);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
DetailsView::SingleSelectionIsAdmin(
|
|
void
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
bool bResult = false;
|
|
|
|
if (1 == ListView_GetSelectedCount(m_hwndListView))
|
|
{
|
|
INT iItem = ListView_GetNextItem(m_hwndListView, -1, LVNI_SELECTED);
|
|
if (-1 != iItem)
|
|
{
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, iItem) && NULL != pUser)
|
|
{
|
|
bResult = !!UserIsAdministrator(pUser);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return bResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// NTRAID#NTBUG9-157269-2000/08/08-BrianAu Temporary workaround.
|
|
//
|
|
// This workaround was added for bug 157269. However,
|
|
// the root cause is bug 24904. Once 24904 is fixed, we should
|
|
// be able to remove this code. Bug 157269 provides a detailed
|
|
// explanation of the issue.
|
|
//
|
|
// Since it's a temporary function and doesn't use any members
|
|
// of the DetailsView class I chose to not make it a member
|
|
// of DetailsView. The logic used is taken from
|
|
// DiskQuotaControl::AddUserSid.
|
|
//
|
|
// The Retry and sleep code is a total hack.
|
|
//
|
|
bool
|
|
UserWasReallyDeleted(
|
|
IDiskQuotaControl *pQuotaControl,
|
|
IDiskQuotaUser *pIUser
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
bool bDeleted = true;
|
|
BYTE rgbSid[MAX_SID_LEN];
|
|
HRESULT hr = pIUser->GetSid(rgbSid, sizeof(rgbSid));
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
{
|
|
IDiskQuotaUser *pIUserTemp;
|
|
hr = pQuotaControl->FindUserSid(rgbSid,
|
|
DISKQUOTA_USERNAME_RESOLVE_NONE,
|
|
&pIUserTemp);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
{
|
|
const int MAX_RETRY_COUNT = 1;
|
|
const DWORD RETRY_WAIT_MS = 100;
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i <= MAX_RETRY_COUNT && bDeleted; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
LONGLONG llLimit;
|
|
LONGLONG llThreshold;
|
|
LONGLONG llUsed;
|
|
|
|
pIUserTemp->GetQuotaLimit(&llLimit);
|
|
pIUserTemp->GetQuotaThreshold(&llThreshold);
|
|
pIUserTemp->GetQuotaUsed(&llUsed);
|
|
|
|
bDeleted = ((MARK4DEL == llLimit) ||
|
|
( 0 == llLimit &&
|
|
0 == llThreshold &&
|
|
0 == llUsed));
|
|
|
|
if (bDeleted && i < MAX_RETRY_COUNT)
|
|
{
|
|
Sleep(RETRY_WAIT_MS);
|
|
//
|
|
// Invalidate cached data so next request fetches from
|
|
// volume, not memory.
|
|
//
|
|
pIUserTemp->Invalidate();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pIUserTemp->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return bDeleted;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdDelete
|
|
|
|
Description: Called whenever the user presses DEL or selects the "Delete"
|
|
option from the main menu, context menu or toolbar.
|
|
The method attempts to delete the selected records. Any records that
|
|
have 1+ bytes charged to them will not be deleted. A message box
|
|
is displayed informing the user if any selected records have 1+ bytes.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Exceptions: OutOfMemory.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/11/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
03/11/98 Added code for resolving "owned" files. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdDelete(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make sure they really want to do this.
|
|
// Early return if they don't.
|
|
// Don't ask if it's a single selection and the selected user
|
|
// is BUILTIN/Administrators. This user can't be deleted anyway so
|
|
// we don't want to ask for confirmation. The deletion attempt will
|
|
// fail later and we'll display a "can't be deleted" msgbox.
|
|
//
|
|
if (!SingleSelectionIsAdmin() && IDNO == DiskQuotaMsgBox(m_hwndListView,
|
|
IDS_CONFIRM_DELETE_USER,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONWARNING | MB_YESNO))
|
|
{
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Clear any previous undo actions.
|
|
// Only allow undo for a single delete (single or multi-user) operation.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pUndoList->Clear();
|
|
|
|
CAutoWndEnable autoenable(m_hwndListView);
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
INT cItemsToDelete = ListView_GetSelectedCount(m_hwndListView);
|
|
ProgressDialog dlgProgress(IDD_PROGRESS,
|
|
IDC_PROGRESS_BAR,
|
|
IDC_TXT_PROGRESS_DESCRIPTION,
|
|
IDC_TXT_PROGRESS_FILENAME);
|
|
|
|
if (2 < cItemsToDelete)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create and display a progress dialog if we're deleting more than 2
|
|
// user quota records.
|
|
//
|
|
if (dlgProgress.Create(g_hInstDll,
|
|
m_hwndMain))
|
|
{
|
|
autoenable.Enable(false);
|
|
dlgProgress.ProgressBarInit(0, cItemsToDelete, 1);
|
|
dlgProgress.SetDescription(MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDS_PROGRESS_DELETING));
|
|
dlgProgress.Show();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Set each user's threshold and limit to -2 (MARK4DEL) and remove the
|
|
// item from the listview.
|
|
// A limit of -2 tells the quota system (NTFS) that the record should be
|
|
// removed from the quota file. However, if the user still has quota
|
|
// charged, the record will be restored.
|
|
//
|
|
CAutoSetRedraw autoredraw(m_hwndListView, false);
|
|
CArray<IDiskQuotaUser *> rgpUsersWithFiles;
|
|
LONGLONG Threshold;
|
|
LONGLONG Limit;
|
|
|
|
|
|
while(-1 != (iItem = ListView_GetNextItem(m_hwndListView, iItem, LVNI_SELECTED)) &&
|
|
!dlgProgress.UserCancelled())
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, iItem))
|
|
{
|
|
if (UserIsAdministrator(pUser))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletion of the BUILTINS\Administrators quota record is not
|
|
// allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
CString strText(g_hInstDll, IDS_CANT_DELETE_ADMIN_RECORD);
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(dlgProgress.m_hWnd ? dlgProgress.m_hWnd : m_hwndListView,
|
|
strText,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONWARNING | MB_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Get threshold and limit values for undo action.
|
|
//
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaThreshold(&Threshold);
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaLimit(&Limit);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Remove the user from the quota file.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = m_pQuotaControl->DeleteUser(pUser);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!UserWasReallyDeleted(m_pQuotaControl, pUser))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// NTRAID#NTBUG9-157269-2000/08/08-BrianAu Temporary workaround.
|
|
//
|
|
// This workaround was added for bug 157269. However,
|
|
// the root cause is bug 24904. Once 24904 is fixed, we should
|
|
// be able to remove this code. Bug 157269 provides a detailed
|
|
// explanation of the issue.
|
|
//
|
|
pUser->SetQuotaThreshold(Threshold, TRUE);
|
|
pUser->SetQuotaLimit(Limit, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pUser->AddRef(); // Giving ptr to UNDO list.
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
autoptr<UndoDelete> ptrUndoDelete = new UndoDelete(pUser, Threshold, Limit);
|
|
m_pUndoList->Add(ptrUndoDelete);
|
|
ptrUndoDelete.disown();
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
pUser->Release(); // Release from Undo list.
|
|
EnableWindow(m_hwndMain, TRUE);
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ListView_DeleteItem(m_hwndListView, iItem);
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletion is successful. Now actually remove the user from
|
|
// the user list.
|
|
//
|
|
m_UserList.Remove((LPVOID *)&pUser, iItem);
|
|
|
|
pUser->Release(); // Release from listview.
|
|
//
|
|
// Decrement the search index by 1 since what was index + 1
|
|
// is now index. ListView_GetNextItem ignores the item at "index".
|
|
//
|
|
iItem--;
|
|
}
|
|
dlgProgress.ProgressBarAdvance();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ERROR_FILE_EXISTS == HRESULT_CODE(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// One more we couldn't delete.
|
|
//
|
|
rgpUsersWithFiles.Append(pUser);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (0 < rgpUsersWithFiles.Count())
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Display a dialog listing users selected for deletion and
|
|
// and the files owned by those users on this volume. From the dialog,
|
|
// the admin can Delete, Move or Take Ownership of the files.
|
|
//
|
|
dlgProgress.SetDescription(MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDS_PROGRESS_SEARCHINGFORFILES));
|
|
CFileOwnerDialog dlg(g_hInstDll,
|
|
dlgProgress.m_hWnd ? dlgProgress.m_hWnd : m_hwndListView,
|
|
m_idVolume.FSPath(),
|
|
rgpUsersWithFiles);
|
|
dlg.Run();
|
|
dlgProgress.SetDescription(MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDS_PROGRESS_DELETING));
|
|
|
|
int cUsers = rgpUsersWithFiles.Count();
|
|
int cCannotDelete = 0;
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < cUsers; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
pUser = rgpUsersWithFiles[i];
|
|
//
|
|
// Get threshold and limit values for undo action.
|
|
//
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaThreshold(&Threshold);
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaLimit(&Limit);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Try to remove the user from the quota file.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = m_pQuotaControl->DeleteUser(pUser);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!UserWasReallyDeleted(m_pQuotaControl, pUser))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// NTRAID#NTBUG9-157269-2000/08/08-BrianAu Temporary workaround.
|
|
//
|
|
// This workaround was added for bug 157269. However,
|
|
// the root cause is bug 24904. Once 24904 is fixed, we should
|
|
// be able to remove this code. Bug 157269 provides a detailed
|
|
// explanation of the issue.
|
|
//
|
|
pUser->SetQuotaThreshold(Threshold, TRUE);
|
|
pUser->SetQuotaLimit(Limit, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pUser->AddRef(); // Giving ptr to UNDO list.
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
autoptr<UndoDelete> ptrUndoDelete = new UndoDelete(pUser, Threshold, Limit);
|
|
m_pUndoList->Add(ptrUndoDelete);
|
|
ptrUndoDelete.disown();
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
pUser->Release(); // Release from Undo list.
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
iItem = FindUserByObjPtr(pUser);
|
|
if (-1 != iItem)
|
|
{
|
|
ListView_DeleteItem(m_hwndListView, iItem);
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletion is successful. Now actually remove the user from
|
|
// the user list.
|
|
//
|
|
m_UserList.Remove((LPVOID *)&pUser, iItem);
|
|
pUser->Release(); // Release from listview.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
dlgProgress.ProgressBarAdvance();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ERROR_FILE_EXISTS == HRESULT_CODE(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
cCannotDelete++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (0 < cCannotDelete)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// One or more records could not be deleted because they have
|
|
// disk space charged to them.
|
|
//
|
|
CString strText;
|
|
|
|
if (1 == cCannotDelete)
|
|
strText.Format(g_hInstDll, IDS_CANNOT_DELETE_USER);
|
|
else
|
|
strText.Format(g_hInstDll, IDS_CANNOT_DELETE_USERS, cCannotDelete);
|
|
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(m_hwndListView,
|
|
strText,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONINFORMATION | MB_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ShowItemCountInStatusBar();
|
|
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult) && ERROR_FILE_EXISTS != HRESULT_CODE(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Something bad happened.
|
|
// FEATURE: Do we need to discriminate between a general failure and
|
|
// a quota file write error?
|
|
//
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(m_hwndListView,
|
|
IDS_ERROR_DELETE_USER,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONERROR | MB_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdUndo
|
|
|
|
Description: Called whenever the user presses Ctrl + Z or selects
|
|
the "Undo" option from the main menu, context menu or toolbar.
|
|
The method invokes the current undo list to "undo" its actions.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/01/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
02/26/97 Added call to update status bar. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdUndo(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != m_pUndoList)
|
|
{
|
|
CAutoWaitCursor waitcursor;
|
|
m_pUndoList->Undo();
|
|
ShowItemCountInStatusBar();
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdFind
|
|
|
|
Description: Called whenever the user presses Ctrl + F or selects
|
|
the "Find" option from the main menu, context menu or toolbar.
|
|
The method invokes the "Find User" dialog.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdFind(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != m_pUserFinder)
|
|
{
|
|
m_pUserFinder->InvokeFindDialog(m_hwndListView);
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdProperties
|
|
|
|
Description: Displays a properties dialog for one or more selected objects.
|
|
Invoked when the user selects a "Properties" menu option, dbl clicks
|
|
a selection or presses Return for a selection.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Exceptions: OutOfMemory.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
09/10/96 Added passing of LVSelection to prop sheet ctor. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdProperties(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
LVSelection lvs(m_hwndListView);
|
|
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Fill in arrays of user pointers and item indices.
|
|
//
|
|
while(-1 != (iItem = ListView_GetNextItem(m_hwndListView, iItem, LVNI_SELECTED)))
|
|
{
|
|
LPVOID pvUser = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve(&pvUser, iItem))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Add user object pointer and item index to the selection object.
|
|
// We'll use this container to communicate the selected items to the
|
|
// property sheet object.
|
|
// This can throw OutOfMemory.
|
|
//
|
|
lvs.Add((PDISKQUOTA_USER)pvUser, iItem);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (0 < lvs.Count())
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create and run the property sheet. It's modal.
|
|
// There's a condition where the user can select in the listview and
|
|
// nothing is actually selected (i.e. select below the last item).
|
|
// Therefore, we need the (0 < count) check.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pQuotaControl->AddRef();
|
|
UserPropSheet ups(m_pQuotaControl,
|
|
m_idVolume,
|
|
m_hwndListView,
|
|
lvs,
|
|
*m_pUndoList);
|
|
ups.Run();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdNew
|
|
|
|
Description: Displays a properties dialog for adding a new user to the
|
|
quota information file.
|
|
Invoked when the user selects the "New" menu option.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Exceptions: OutOfMemory.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/27/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdNew(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create and run the AddUser dialog.
|
|
// Note that it first launches the DS Object Picker dialog.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pQuotaControl->AddRef();
|
|
AddUserDialog dlg(m_pQuotaControl,
|
|
m_idVolume,
|
|
g_hInstDll,
|
|
m_hwndListView,
|
|
m_hwndListView,
|
|
*m_pUndoList);
|
|
dlg.Run();
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CreateVolumeDisplayName [static]
|
|
|
|
Description: Obtains the display name used by the shell for a given
|
|
volume.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pszDrive - Address of string containing drive name (i.e. "C:\").
|
|
|
|
pstrDisplayName - Address of CString object to receive the
|
|
display name.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
06/30/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::CreateVolumeDisplayName(
|
|
const CVolumeID& idVolume, // [in] - "C:\" or "\\?\Volume{ <guid }\"
|
|
CString *pstrDisplayName // [out] - "My Disk (C:)"
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
if (idVolume.IsMountedVolume())
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// If it's a mounted volume thingy "\\?\Volume{ <guid> }\", the shell won't
|
|
// understand it. Just use the default display name provided by the
|
|
// CVolumeID object.
|
|
//
|
|
*pstrDisplayName = idVolume.ForDisplay();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// It's a normal volume. Get the display name the shell uses.
|
|
//
|
|
com_autoptr<IShellFolder> ptrDesktop;
|
|
//
|
|
// Bind to the desktop folder.
|
|
//
|
|
hr = SHGetDesktopFolder(ptrDesktop.getaddr());
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
{
|
|
sh_autoptr<ITEMIDLIST> ptrIdlDrives;
|
|
hr = SHGetSpecialFolderLocation(NULL, CSIDL_DRIVES, ptrIdlDrives.getaddr());
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Bind to the "Drives" folder.
|
|
//
|
|
com_autoptr<IShellFolder> ptrDrives;
|
|
hr = ptrDesktop->BindToObject(ptrIdlDrives, NULL, IID_IShellFolder, (LPVOID *)ptrDrives.getaddr());
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
{
|
|
com_autoptr<IEnumIDList> ptrEnum;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Enumerate all of the non-folder objects in the drives folder.
|
|
//
|
|
hr = ptrDrives->EnumObjects(NULL, SHCONTF_NONFOLDERS, ptrEnum.getaddr());
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
{
|
|
sh_autoptr<ITEMIDLIST> ptrIdlItem;
|
|
ULONG ulFetched = 0;
|
|
LPCTSTR pszDrive = idVolume.ForParsing();
|
|
//
|
|
// For each item in the drives folder...
|
|
//
|
|
while(S_OK == ptrEnum->Next(1, ptrIdlItem.getaddr(), &ulFetched))
|
|
{
|
|
STRRET strretName;
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the non-display name form; i.e. "G:\"
|
|
//
|
|
hr = ptrDrives->GetDisplayNameOf(ptrIdlItem, SHGDN_FORPARSING, &strretName);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szName[MAX_PATH];
|
|
StrRetToBuf(&strretName, ptrIdlItem, szName, ARRAYSIZE(szName));
|
|
if (TEXT(':') == szName[1] &&
|
|
*pszDrive == szName[0])
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the display name form; i.e. "My Disk (G:)"
|
|
//
|
|
hr = ptrDrives->GetDisplayNameOf(ptrIdlItem, SHGDN_NORMAL, &strretName);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
{
|
|
StrRetToBuf(&strretName, ptrIdlItem, pstrDisplayName->GetBuffer(MAX_PATH), MAX_PATH);
|
|
pstrDisplayName->ReleaseBuffer();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return hr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdImport
|
|
|
|
Description: Called when the user selects the "Import" option on the
|
|
"Quota" menu. Presents the "Open File" common dialog to get the
|
|
name for the file containing the import information. Then passes
|
|
the path off to an Importer object to do the actual import.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdImport(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
TCHAR szFileName[MAX_PATH] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
TCHAR szTitle[80] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
LoadString(g_hInstDll, IDS_DLGTITLE_IMPORT, szTitle, ARRAYSIZE(szTitle));
|
|
|
|
OPENFILENAME ofn;
|
|
ZeroMemory(&ofn, sizeof(ofn));
|
|
ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(ofn);
|
|
ofn.hwndOwner = m_hwndMain;
|
|
ofn.hInstance = g_hInstDll;
|
|
ofn.lpstrFile = szFileName;
|
|
ofn.lpstrTitle = szTitle;
|
|
ofn.nMaxFile = ARRAYSIZE(szFileName);
|
|
ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR |
|
|
OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get name of import file from user and import the files.
|
|
//
|
|
if (GetOpenFileName(&ofn))
|
|
{
|
|
Importer importer(*this);
|
|
hResult = importer.Import(ofn.lpstrFile);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return SUCCEEDED(hResult);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdExport
|
|
|
|
Description: Called when the user selects the "Export" option on the
|
|
"Quota" menu or listview context menu. Presents the "Save File"
|
|
common dialog to get the name for the output file. It then creates
|
|
the doc file, the stream within the doc file and then calls the
|
|
DetailsView's IDataObject implementation to render the data on the
|
|
stream.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdExport(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
IDataObject *pIDataObject = NULL;
|
|
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = QueryInterface(IID_IDataObject, (LPVOID *)&pIDataObject);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
FORMATETC fmt;
|
|
DataObject::SetFormatEtc(fmt,
|
|
DataObject::m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport,
|
|
TYMED_ISTREAM);
|
|
|
|
hResult = pIDataObject->QueryGetData(&fmt);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szFileName[MAX_PATH] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
TCHAR szTitle[80] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
|
|
LoadString(g_hInstDll, IDS_DLGTITLE_EXPORT, szTitle, ARRAYSIZE(szTitle));
|
|
|
|
OPENFILENAME ofn;
|
|
ZeroMemory(&ofn, sizeof(ofn));
|
|
ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(ofn);
|
|
ofn.hwndOwner = m_hwndMain;
|
|
ofn.hInstance = g_hInstDll;
|
|
ofn.lpstrFile = szFileName;
|
|
ofn.lpstrTitle = szTitle;
|
|
ofn.nMaxFile = ARRAYSIZE(szFileName);
|
|
ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR |
|
|
OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
|
|
//
|
|
// Get output file name from user.
|
|
//
|
|
if (GetSaveFileName(&ofn))
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD grfMode = STGM_DIRECT | STGM_READWRITE |
|
|
STGM_CREATE | STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE;
|
|
IStorage *pStg;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the output doc file.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = StgCreateDocfile(ofn.lpstrFile,
|
|
grfMode,
|
|
0,
|
|
&pStg);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the stream in the doc file.
|
|
//
|
|
IStream *pStm;
|
|
hResult = pStg->CreateStream(DataObject::SZ_EXPORT_STREAM_NAME,
|
|
grfMode,
|
|
0, 0,
|
|
&pStm);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
CStgMedium medium;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Render the quota information onto the file stream.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = pIDataObject->GetData(&fmt, &medium);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
const LARGE_INTEGER ofsBegin = {0, 0};
|
|
ULARGE_INTEGER ofsOriginal = {0, 0};
|
|
hResult = medium.pstm->Seek(ofsBegin, STREAM_SEEK_CUR, &ofsOriginal);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = medium.pstm->Seek(ofsBegin, STREAM_SEEK_SET, NULL);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
ULARGE_INTEGER cb = {0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF};
|
|
medium.pstm->CopyTo(pStm, cb, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
const LARGE_INTEGER ofs = { ofsOriginal.LowPart, (LONG)ofsOriginal.HighPart };
|
|
medium.pstm->Seek(ofs, STREAM_SEEK_SET, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pStm->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
pStg->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
UINT iMsg = IDS_EXPORT_STREAM_FAILED;
|
|
|
|
switch(hResult)
|
|
{
|
|
case STG_E_ACCESSDENIED:
|
|
iMsg = IDS_EXPORT_STREAM_NOACCESS;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case E_OUTOFMEMORY:
|
|
case STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY:
|
|
iMsg = IDS_EXPORT_STREAM_OUTOFMEMORY;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STG_E_INVALIDNAME:
|
|
iMsg = IDS_EXPORT_STREAM_INVALIDNAME;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES:
|
|
iMsg = IDS_EXPORT_STREAM_TOOMANYFILES;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(m_hwndMain,
|
|
iMsg,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONERROR | MB_OK);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Export: Error 0x%08X returned from QueryGetData."), hResult));
|
|
}
|
|
pIDataObject->Release();
|
|
pIDataObject = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Export: Error 0x%08X getting IDataObject."), hResult));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != pIDataObject)
|
|
pIDataObject->Release();
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
return SUCCEEDED(hResult);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdViewStatusBar
|
|
|
|
Description: Toggles the visibility of the status bar. Invoked when the
|
|
user selects the "Status Bar" menu option.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdViewStatusBar(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
m_lvsi.fStatusBar ^= TRUE;
|
|
ShowWindow(m_hwndStatusBar, m_lvsi.fStatusBar ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Adjust the main window.
|
|
//
|
|
GetWindowRect(m_hwndMain, &rc);
|
|
OnSize(m_hwndMain, WM_SIZE, SIZE_RESTORED, MAKELONG(rc.right-rc.left,rc.bottom-rc.top));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check the menu item to indicate the current status bar state.
|
|
//
|
|
CheckMenuItem(GetMenu(m_hwndMain),
|
|
IDM_VIEW_STATUSBAR,
|
|
MF_BYCOMMAND | (m_lvsi.fStatusBar ? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdViewToolBar
|
|
|
|
Description: Toggles the visibility of the tool bar. Invoked when the
|
|
user selects the "Tool Bar" menu option.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdViewToolBar(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
m_lvsi.fToolBar ^= TRUE;
|
|
ShowWindow(m_hwndToolBar, m_lvsi.fToolBar ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Adjust the main window.
|
|
//
|
|
GetWindowRect(m_hwndMain, &rc);
|
|
OnSize(m_hwndMain, WM_SIZE, SIZE_RESTORED, MAKELONG(rc.right-rc.left,rc.bottom-rc.top));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check the menu item to indicate the current tool bar state.
|
|
//
|
|
CheckMenuItem(GetMenu(m_hwndMain),
|
|
IDM_VIEW_TOOLBAR,
|
|
MF_BYCOMMAND | (m_lvsi.fToolBar ? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::OnCmdViewShowFolder
|
|
|
|
Description: Toggles the visibility of the Domain Name column. Invoked
|
|
when the user selects the "Show Domain" menu option.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/06/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::OnCmdViewShowFolder(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
m_lvsi.fShowFolder ^= TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (m_lvsi.fShowFolder)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Insert the folder column and DEACTIVATE listview tooltip.
|
|
// Always add at index 1 then shift it to position 0.
|
|
// User can drag it elsewhere if they like.
|
|
// Because of the listview's icon painting behavior, we only let the
|
|
// "status" column be index 0.
|
|
//
|
|
AddColumn(1, g_rgColumns[DetailsView::idCol_Folder]);
|
|
INT cCols = Header_GetItemCount(m_hwndHeader);
|
|
INT rgColIndicies[DetailsView::idCol_Last];
|
|
INT iTemp = 0;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((DetailsView::idCol_Last >= cCols));
|
|
Header_GetOrderArray(m_hwndHeader, cCols, rgColIndicies);
|
|
//
|
|
// Swap the column we just added with column 0.
|
|
//
|
|
iTemp = rgColIndicies[0];
|
|
rgColIndicies[0] = rgColIndicies[1];
|
|
rgColIndicies[1] = iTemp;
|
|
Header_SetOrderArray(m_hwndHeader, cCols, rgColIndicies);
|
|
|
|
ActivateListViewToolTip(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Remove the folder column and ACTIVATE listview tooltip.
|
|
// With the column hidden, users can view a user's folder by hovering
|
|
// over the user's name.
|
|
//
|
|
ActivateListViewToolTip(TRUE);
|
|
RemoveColumn(DetailsView::idCol_Folder);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check/Uncheck the "Show Folder" menu item.
|
|
//
|
|
CheckMenuItem(GetMenu(m_hwndMain),
|
|
IDM_VIEW_SHOWFOLDER,
|
|
MF_BYCOMMAND | (m_lvsi.fShowFolder ? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If the folder column is hidden, the "Arrange by Folder" menu option
|
|
// is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
EnableMenuItem_ArrangeByFolder(m_lvsi.fShowFolder);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// I haven't found a way to do this without unloading and reloading the
|
|
// objects following the new column configuration.
|
|
//
|
|
Refresh();
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::EnableMenuItem_ArrangeByFolder
|
|
|
|
Description: Sets the sensitivity of the "by Folder" menu item
|
|
in the "Arrange Items" submenu.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
bEnable - TRUE = Enable menu item, FALSE = Disable and gray item.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/08/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::EnableMenuItem_ArrangeByFolder(
|
|
BOOL bEnable
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HMENU hMainMenu = GetMenu(m_hwndMain);
|
|
HMENU hViewMenu = GetSubMenu(hMainMenu, iMENUITEM_VIEW);
|
|
HMENU hViewArrangeMenu = GetSubMenu(hViewMenu, iMENUITEM_VIEW_ARRANGE);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If these assert, it probably means somebody's changed the
|
|
// menus so that the iMENUITEM_XXXXX constants are no longer correct.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != hViewMenu));
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != hViewArrangeMenu));
|
|
|
|
EnableMenuItem(hViewArrangeMenu,
|
|
IDM_VIEW_ARRANGE_BYFOLDER,
|
|
MF_BYCOMMAND | (bEnable ? MF_ENABLED : MF_GRAYED));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::EnableMenuItem_Undo
|
|
|
|
Description: Sets the sensitivity of the "Undo" menu item
|
|
in the "Edit" submenu.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
bEnable - TRUE = Enable menu item, FALSE = Disable and gray item.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/08/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
10/22/96 Replaced Assert() with nested if's. BrianAu
|
|
Tester hit assert via WM_COMMAND when closing
|
|
details view.
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::EnableMenuItem_Undo(
|
|
BOOL bEnable
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HMENU hMainMenu = GetMenu(m_hwndMain);
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != hMainMenu)
|
|
{
|
|
HMENU hEditMenu = GetSubMenu(hMainMenu, iMENUITEM_EDIT);
|
|
if (NULL != hEditMenu)
|
|
{
|
|
EnableMenuItem(hEditMenu,
|
|
IDM_EDIT_UNDO,
|
|
MF_BYCOMMAND | (bEnable ? MF_ENABLED : MF_GRAYED));
|
|
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndToolBar, TB_ENABLEBUTTON, IDM_EDIT_UNDO, MAKELONG(bEnable, 0));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::ShowItemCountInStatusBar
|
|
|
|
Description: Displays the current count of selected items in the status bar.
|
|
This is what is displayed in the status bar when a menu item is not
|
|
currently selected.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
12/16/96 Appended "incorrect data" warning to status bar BrianAu
|
|
text when quotas are disabled on system.
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::ShowItemCountInStatusBar(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD cTotalItems = m_UserList.Count();
|
|
DWORD cSelectedItems = ListView_GetSelectedCount(m_hwndListView);
|
|
|
|
CString strText(g_hInstDll, IDS_STATUSBAR_ITEMCOUNT, cTotalItems, cSelectedItems);
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndStatusBar, SB_SETTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)((LPCTSTR)strText));
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::ShowMenuTextInStatusBar
|
|
|
|
Description: Displays the description of the currently-selected menu
|
|
item in the status bar.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::ShowMenuTextInStatusBar(
|
|
DWORD idMenuOption
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szText[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
|
LoadString(g_hInstDll, idMenuOption, szText, ARRAYSIZE(szText));
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndStatusBar, SB_SETTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)szText);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Refresh
|
|
|
|
Description: Refreshes the view by re-loading the objects.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: bInvalidateCache - true == invalidate all entries in the
|
|
SID-name cache. Default is false.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
02/21/97 Ownerdata listview. BrianAu
|
|
10/10/98 Added bInvalidateCache argument. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Refresh(
|
|
bool bInvalidateCache // optional. default is false.
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
CAutoWaitCursor waitcursor;
|
|
if (bInvalidateCache)
|
|
m_pQuotaControl->InvalidateSidNameCache();
|
|
|
|
InvalidateRect(m_hwndListView, NULL, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
CAutoSetRedraw autoredraw(m_hwndListView, false);
|
|
ReleaseObjects();
|
|
autoredraw.Set(true);
|
|
|
|
LoadObjects();
|
|
ListView_SetItemCountEx(m_hwndListView,
|
|
m_UserList.Count(),
|
|
LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL | LVSICF_NOSCROLL);
|
|
|
|
SortObjects(m_iLastColSorted, m_fSortDirection);
|
|
ShowItemCountInStatusBar();
|
|
FocusOnSomething();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::FocusOnSomething
|
|
|
|
Description: Ensures that one or more listview items have the focus
|
|
highlighting.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::FocusOnSomething(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iFocus;
|
|
|
|
iFocus = ListView_GetNextItem(m_hwndListView, -1, LVNI_FOCUSED);
|
|
if (-1 == iFocus)
|
|
iFocus = 0;
|
|
|
|
ListView_SetItemState(m_hwndListView, iFocus, LVIS_FOCUSED | LVIS_SELECTED,
|
|
LVIS_FOCUSED | LVIS_SELECTED)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::CalcPctQuotaUsed
|
|
|
|
Description: Calculates the percent quota used for a given user. The
|
|
value returned is an integer.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pUser - Address of IDiskQuotaUser interface for user object.
|
|
|
|
pdwPct - Address of DWORD to receive the percentage value.
|
|
If the method returns div-by-zero, this value is set to ~0.
|
|
This lets a caller sort erroneous values from valid values.
|
|
The (~0 - 1) return value is used so that NOLIMIT users
|
|
are grouped separate from 0 limit users when sorted on % used.
|
|
Both are using 0% of their quota but it looks better if
|
|
they are each grouped separately.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
STATUS_INTEGER_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO - The user's quota limit was 0.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::CalcPctQuotaUsed(
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser,
|
|
LPDWORD pdwPct
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
LONGLONG llUsed;
|
|
LONGLONG llLimit;
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pdwPct));
|
|
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaUsed(&llUsed);
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaLimit(&llLimit);
|
|
|
|
if (NOLIMIT == llLimit)
|
|
{
|
|
*pdwPct = (DWORD)~0 - 1; // No quota limit for user.
|
|
}
|
|
else if (0 < llLimit)
|
|
{
|
|
*pdwPct = (INT)((llUsed * 100) / llLimit);
|
|
hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Limit is 0. Would produce div-by-zero.
|
|
//
|
|
*pdwPct = (DWORD)~0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::AddUser
|
|
|
|
Description: Adds a user object to the listview. Note that this is used
|
|
for adding a single user object such as in an "add user" operation.
|
|
The method LoadObjects is used to load the whole listview. It's
|
|
more efficient than calling this for each user.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pUser - Address of user's IDiskQuotaUser interface.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
TRUE - User was added.
|
|
FALSE - User wasn't added.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/30/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
BOOL
|
|
DetailsView::AddUser(
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bResult = FALSE;
|
|
LV_ITEM item;
|
|
|
|
item.mask = LVIF_TEXT | LVIF_STATE | LVIF_IMAGE;
|
|
item.state = 0;
|
|
item.stateMask = 0;
|
|
item.iSubItem = 0;
|
|
item.pszText = LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK;
|
|
item.iImage = I_IMAGECALLBACK;
|
|
item.iItem = 0;
|
|
|
|
m_UserList.Insert((LPVOID)pUser);
|
|
if (-1 != ListView_InsertItem(m_hwndListView, &item))
|
|
{
|
|
bResult = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::FindUserByName
|
|
|
|
Description: Locate a specified user in the listview by account name.
|
|
Name comparison is case-insensitive.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pszUserName - Account name for user.
|
|
|
|
ppIUser [optional] - Address of IDiskQuotaUser pointer variable to
|
|
receive the address of the user object.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
-1 = account name not found.
|
|
Otherwise, returns index of item in listview.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/23/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
INT
|
|
DetailsView::FindUserByName(
|
|
LPCTSTR pszLogonName,
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER *ppIUser // [optional]
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
|
|
m_UserList.Lock();
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
INT cUsers = m_UserList.Count();
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
//
|
|
// Find the user that matches pszUserName.
|
|
//
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < cUsers && -1 == iItem; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, i))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Get name from listview item.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != pUser)
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szLogonName[MAX_USERNAME];
|
|
pUser->GetName(NULL, 0,
|
|
szLogonName, ARRAYSIZE(szLogonName),
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (CSTR_EQUAL == CompareString(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT,
|
|
NORM_IGNORECASE,
|
|
szLogonName, -1,
|
|
pszLogonName, -1))
|
|
{
|
|
iItem = i;
|
|
if (NULL != ppIUser)
|
|
*ppIUser = pUser;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
return iItem;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::FindUserBySid
|
|
|
|
Description: Locate a specified user in the listview by SID.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pSid - Address of buffer containing key SID.
|
|
|
|
ppIUser [optional] - Address of IDiskQuotaUser pointer variable to
|
|
receive the address of the user object.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
-1 = Record not found.
|
|
Otherwise, returns index of item in listview.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/23/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
INT
|
|
DetailsView::FindUserBySid(
|
|
LPBYTE pbSid,
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER *ppIUser // [optional]
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
|
|
m_UserList.Lock();
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
INT cUsers = m_UserList.Count();
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
//
|
|
// Find the user that matches pszUserName.
|
|
//
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < cUsers && -1 == iItem; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, i))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Get SID from listview item.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != pUser)
|
|
{
|
|
BYTE Sid[MAX_SID_LEN];
|
|
pUser->GetSid((LPBYTE)&Sid, ARRAYSIZE(Sid));
|
|
|
|
if (EqualSid((LPBYTE)&Sid, pbSid))
|
|
{
|
|
iItem = i;
|
|
if (NULL != ppIUser)
|
|
*ppIUser = pUser;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
return iItem;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Locate a user in the listview based on it's object pointer.
|
|
//
|
|
INT
|
|
DetailsView::FindUserByObjPtr(
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUserKey
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
|
|
m_UserList.Lock();
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
INT cUsers = m_UserList.Count();
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
//
|
|
// Find the user that matches pszUserName.
|
|
//
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < cUsers && -1 == iItem; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, i))
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != pUser && pUserKey == pUser)
|
|
{
|
|
iItem = i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
m_UserList.ReleaseLock();
|
|
return iItem;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GotoUserName
|
|
|
|
Description: Locate a specified user in the listview. If found, highlight
|
|
the row. The search is case-insensitive. This function was originally
|
|
designed to work with the "Find User" feature so that when a record
|
|
is located, it is made visible in the view and highlighted.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pszUserName - Account name for user.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
TRUE = Record found.
|
|
FALSE = Not found.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
BOOL
|
|
DetailsView::GotoUserName(
|
|
LPCTSTR pszUserName
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iUser = FindUserByName(pszUserName);
|
|
if (-1 != iUser)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Found a match (case-insensitive).
|
|
//
|
|
// Select the item specified by the user.
|
|
// Note that we leave any selected items selected.
|
|
// Users may use the find feature to select a set of
|
|
// non-contiguous quota records in the listview.
|
|
//
|
|
ListView_EnsureVisible(m_hwndListView, iUser, FALSE);
|
|
ListView_SetItemState(m_hwndListView, iUser, LVIS_FOCUSED | LVIS_SELECTED,
|
|
LVIS_FOCUSED | LVIS_SELECTED);
|
|
}
|
|
return (-1 != iUser);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetConnectionPoint
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves the IDiskQuotaEvents connection point from
|
|
the quota control object. This is the connection point through which
|
|
the asynchronous user name change events are delivered as names
|
|
are resolved by the network DC.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
IConnectionPoint *
|
|
DetailsView::GetConnectionPoint(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
IConnectionPoint *pCP = NULL;
|
|
if (NULL != m_pQuotaControl)
|
|
{
|
|
IConnectionPointContainer *pCPC = NULL;
|
|
hResult = m_pQuotaControl->QueryInterface(IID_IConnectionPointContainer,
|
|
(LPVOID *)&pCPC);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = pCPC->FindConnectionPoint(IID_IDiskQuotaEvents, &pCP);
|
|
pCPC->Release();
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
pCP = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return pCP;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::ConnectEventSink
|
|
|
|
Description: Connects the event sink (DetailsView) from the quota
|
|
controller's IDiskQuotaEvents connection point object.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Failed.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::ConnectEventSink(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
IConnectionPoint *pConnPt = GetConnectionPoint();
|
|
if (NULL != pConnPt)
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = pConnPt->Advise((LPUNKNOWN)static_cast<IDataObject *>(this), &m_dwEventCookie);
|
|
pConnPt->Release();
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_VIEW, DL_MID, TEXT("LISTVIEW - Connected event sink. Cookie = %d"), m_dwEventCookie));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DisconnectEventSink
|
|
|
|
Description: Disconnects the event sink (DetailsView) from the quota
|
|
controller's IDiskQuotaEvents connection point object.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - Failed.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
08/20/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::DisconnectEventSink(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_VIEW, DL_MID, TEXT("LISTVIEW - Disconnecting event sink. Cookie = %d"), m_dwEventCookie));
|
|
|
|
if (0 != m_dwEventCookie)
|
|
{
|
|
IConnectionPoint *pConnPt = GetConnectionPoint();
|
|
if (NULL != pConnPt)
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = pConnPt->Unadvise(m_dwEventCookie);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
m_dwEventCookie = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
pConnPt->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::InitLVStateInfo
|
|
|
|
Description: Initializes an LV_STATE_INFO structure to default values.
|
|
NOTE: This method is declared static so that it can be called
|
|
without a DetailsView object (not needed).
|
|
|
|
If you want to change any listview state defaults, this is the
|
|
place to do it.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
plvsi - Address of an LV_STATE_INFO structure to be initialized.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/08/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::InitLVStateInfo(
|
|
PLV_STATE_INFO plvsi
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
ZeroMemory(plvsi, sizeof(*plvsi));
|
|
|
|
plvsi->cb = sizeof(*plvsi);
|
|
|
|
plvsi->wVersion = wLV_STATE_INFO_VERSION;
|
|
plvsi->fToolBar = 1; // Default to toolbar visible.
|
|
plvsi->fStatusBar = 1; // Default to statusbar visible.
|
|
plvsi->iLastColSorted = 0; // Default to sort first col.
|
|
plvsi->fSortDirection = 1; // Default to ascending sort.
|
|
for (UINT i = 0; i < DetailsView::idCol_Last; i++)
|
|
plvsi->rgColIndices[i] = i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::IsValidLVStateInfo
|
|
|
|
Description: Validates the contents of a LV_STATE_INFO structure.
|
|
NOTE: This method is declared static so that it can be called
|
|
without a DetailsView object (not needed).
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
plvsi - Address of an LV_STATE_INFO structure to be validated.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
12/10/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
BOOL
|
|
DetailsView::IsValidLVStateInfo(
|
|
PLV_STATE_INFO plvsi
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bResult = FALSE;
|
|
INT i = 0;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Validate structure size member.
|
|
//
|
|
if (plvsi->cb != sizeof(LV_STATE_INFO))
|
|
goto info_invalid;
|
|
//
|
|
// Validate version.
|
|
//
|
|
if (wLV_STATE_INFO_VERSION != plvsi->wVersion)
|
|
goto info_invalid;
|
|
//
|
|
// Validate iLastSorted member.
|
|
//
|
|
if (!(plvsi->iLastColSorted >= 0 && plvsi->iLastColSorted < DetailsView::idCol_Last))
|
|
goto info_invalid;
|
|
//
|
|
// Validate each of the column index members. Used for ordering columns.
|
|
//
|
|
for (i = 0; i < DetailsView::idCol_Last; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(plvsi->rgColIndices[i] >= 0 && plvsi->rgColIndices[i] < DetailsView::idCol_Last))
|
|
goto info_invalid;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bResult = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
info_invalid:
|
|
|
|
return bResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetColumnIds
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves a list of IDs for the visible columns in the list.
|
|
A client can use this list to request report items from the
|
|
GetReportXXXXX methods below.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
prgColIds - Pointer to an array of INTs to receive the column IDs.
|
|
|
|
cColIds - Size of the destination array.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Number of IDs written to destination array.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/08/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
UINT
|
|
DetailsView::GetColumnIds(
|
|
INT *prgColIds,
|
|
INT cColIds
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT cHdrCols = Header_GetItemCount(m_hwndHeader);
|
|
INT rgiSubItem[DetailsView::idCol_Last];
|
|
INT i = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (Header_GetOrderArray(m_hwndHeader, cHdrCols, rgiSubItem))
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = 0; i < cHdrCols && i < cColIds; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
*(prgColIds + i) = m_ColMap.SubItemToId(rgiSubItem[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetNextSelectedItemIndex
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves the index of a selected item. The search starts
|
|
with the index supplied in the iRow argument. Therefore, the following
|
|
loop will find all selected items:
|
|
|
|
INT iItem = -1;
|
|
|
|
while(1)
|
|
{
|
|
iItem = GetNextSelectedItemIndex(iItem);
|
|
if (-1 == iItem)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Do something with item.
|
|
//
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iRow - Row where to start search. The row itself is exluded from
|
|
the search. -1 starts search from the head of the listview.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
0-based index of next selected item if found.
|
|
-1 if no more selected items.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/28/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
INT
|
|
DetailsView::GetNextSelectedItemIndex(INT iRow)
|
|
{
|
|
return ListView_GetNextItem(m_hwndListView, iRow, LVNI_ALL | LVNI_SELECTED);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetReportItem
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieve a data item for a drag-drop/clipboard report.
|
|
This method is patterned after the GetDispInfo_XXX methods but is
|
|
taylored to placing data on a Stream object.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iRow - Row where to begin search for next selected item in listview.
|
|
For the first call, specify -1 to begin the search with the
|
|
first item. Subsequent calls should specify the value returned
|
|
from the previous call to GetReportItem.
|
|
|
|
iColId - Item's column ID (idCol_Folder, idCol_Name etc).
|
|
|
|
pItem - Address of an LV_REPORT_ITEM structure. This structure
|
|
is used to return the data to the caller and also to specify the
|
|
desired format for numeric values. Some report formats want
|
|
all data in text format (i.e. CF_TEXT) while other binary formats
|
|
want numeric data in numeric format (i.e. XlTable).
|
|
|
|
Returns: TRUE = Retrieved row/col data.
|
|
FALSE = Invalid row or column index.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/08/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
BOOL
|
|
DetailsView::GetReportItem(
|
|
UINT iRow,
|
|
UINT iColId,
|
|
PLV_REPORT_ITEM pItem
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pItem));
|
|
BOOL bResult = FALSE;
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, iRow))
|
|
{
|
|
LONGLONG llValue;
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
bResult = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
switch(iColId)
|
|
{
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Folder:
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwAccountStatus = 0;
|
|
pUser->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus);
|
|
|
|
if (DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_RESOLVED == dwAccountStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
pUser->GetName(pItem->pszText, pItem->cchMaxText,
|
|
NULL, 0,
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Folder name not resolved. User name column will
|
|
// contain status text.
|
|
//
|
|
lstrcpyn(pItem->pszText, TEXT(""), pItem->cchMaxText);
|
|
}
|
|
pItem->fType = LVRI_TEXT;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Name:
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD dwAccountStatus = 0;
|
|
CString strNameText;
|
|
pUser->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus);
|
|
|
|
if (DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_RESOLVED == dwAccountStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// User's name has been resolved.
|
|
//
|
|
pItem->fType = LVRI_TEXT;
|
|
pUser->GetName(NULL, 0,
|
|
NULL, 0,
|
|
strNameText.GetBuffer(MAX_USERNAME), MAX_USERNAME);
|
|
strNameText.ReleaseBuffer();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// User's name not resolved. Use a status message.
|
|
//
|
|
switch(dwAccountStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_UNRESOLVED:
|
|
strNameText = m_strAccountUnresolved;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_UNKNOWN:
|
|
strNameText = m_strAccountUnknown;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_INVALID:
|
|
strNameText = m_strAccountInvalid;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_DELETED:
|
|
strNameText = m_strAccountDeleted;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_UNAVAILABLE:
|
|
strNameText = m_strAccountUnavailable;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
lstrcpyn(pItem->pszText, strNameText, pItem->cchMaxText);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_LogonName:
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
DWORD dwAccountStatus = 0;
|
|
CString strNameText;
|
|
pUser->GetAccountStatus(&dwAccountStatus);
|
|
|
|
if (DISKQUOTA_USER_ACCOUNT_RESOLVED == dwAccountStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// User's name has been resolved.
|
|
//
|
|
pItem->fType = LVRI_TEXT;
|
|
pUser->GetName(NULL, 0,
|
|
strNameText.GetBuffer(MAX_USERNAME), MAX_USERNAME,
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
|
strNameText.ReleaseBuffer();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
lstrcpyn(pItem->pszText, strNameText, pItem->cchMaxText);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Status:
|
|
//
|
|
// Return a text string to represent the icon shown
|
|
// in the "Status" column.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
switch(GetUserQuotaState(pUser))
|
|
{
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_OK:
|
|
lstrcpyn(pItem->pszText, m_strStatusOK, pItem->cchMaxText);
|
|
break;
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_WARNING:
|
|
lstrcpyn(pItem->pszText, m_strStatusWarning, pItem->cchMaxText);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DBGASSERT((0));
|
|
//
|
|
// Fall through.
|
|
//
|
|
case iUSERSTATE_OVERLIMIT:
|
|
lstrcpyn(pItem->pszText, m_strStatusOverlimit, pItem->cchMaxText);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pItem->fType = LVRI_TEXT;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// For the following numeric columns, first get the data then
|
|
// jump to fmt_byte_count to format it as requested. Note that
|
|
// all numeric values are expressed in megabytes. This is so they
|
|
// all have the same units to help with ordering in a spreadsheet.
|
|
// Otherwise, sorting would not be possible. This is also why we
|
|
// include the "(MB)" in the report column titles.
|
|
//
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_AmtUsed:
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaUsed(&llValue);
|
|
goto fmt_byte_count;
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Threshold:
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaThreshold(&llValue);
|
|
goto fmt_byte_count;
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_Limit:
|
|
pUser->GetQuotaLimit(&llValue);
|
|
fmt_byte_count:
|
|
//
|
|
// Format the byte count for the requested data type (text vs. numeric).
|
|
//
|
|
switch(pItem->fType)
|
|
{
|
|
case LVRI_NUMBER:
|
|
pItem->fType = LVRI_REAL;
|
|
if (NOLIMIT == llValue)
|
|
pItem->dblValue = -1.0; // Indicates to caller "No Limit".
|
|
else
|
|
pItem->dblValue = XBytes::ConvertFromBytes(llValue, XBytes::e_Mega);
|
|
break;
|
|
case LVRI_TEXT:
|
|
if (NOLIMIT == llValue)
|
|
lstrcpyn(pItem->pszText, m_strNoLimit, pItem->cchMaxText);
|
|
else
|
|
XBytes::FormatByteCountForDisplay(llValue,
|
|
pItem->pszText,
|
|
pItem->cchMaxText,
|
|
XBytes::e_Mega);
|
|
//
|
|
// Fall through.
|
|
//
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DetailsView::idCol_PctUsed:
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = CalcPctQuotaUsed(pUser, &pItem->dwValue);
|
|
//
|
|
// Format the percent value for the requested data type (text vs. numeric).
|
|
// If a percentage can't be calculated (0 denominator), return -2 as an
|
|
// INT value or "N/A" as a text value.
|
|
//
|
|
switch(pItem->fType)
|
|
{
|
|
case LVRI_NUMBER:
|
|
pItem->fType = LVRI_INT;
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
pItem->dwValue = (DWORD)-2; // Indicates to caller "N/A".
|
|
break;
|
|
case LVRI_TEXT:
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
lstrcpyn(pItem->pszText, m_strNotApplicable, pItem->cchMaxText);
|
|
else
|
|
wnsprintf(pItem->pszText, pItem->cchMaxText, TEXT("%d"), pItem->dwValue);
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
bResult = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return bResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetReportTitle
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves a title for a report. Uses the listview window
|
|
title.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pszDest - Address of destination character buffer.
|
|
|
|
cchDest - Size of destination buffer in characters.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/08/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::GetReportTitle(
|
|
LPTSTR pszDest,
|
|
UINT cchDest
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// This is simple. Just use the details view title.
|
|
// FEATURE: Could be enhanced to include the date/time but that will
|
|
// require localization considerations.
|
|
//
|
|
GetWindowText(m_hwndMain, pszDest, cchDest);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetReportColHeader
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves a title for a report column. Note that the titles
|
|
may differ from those used in the listview. Specifically for the
|
|
numeric columns. In the listview, numeric column entries include
|
|
units (bytes, KB, MB etc.). In a report, these numeric values are
|
|
all expressed in MB. Therefore, the units must be included in the
|
|
title string.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iColId - ID of column requested (idCol_Folder, idCol_Name etc.)
|
|
|
|
pszDest - Address of destination character buffer.
|
|
|
|
cchDest - Size of destination buffer in characters.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/08/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::GetReportColHeader(
|
|
UINT iColId,
|
|
LPTSTR pszDest,
|
|
UINT cchDest
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// WARNING: The order of these must match that of the idCol_XXX enumeration
|
|
// constants in DetailsView.
|
|
//
|
|
UINT rgTitles[] = { IDS_REPORT_HEADER_STATUS,
|
|
IDS_REPORT_HEADER_FOLDER,
|
|
IDS_REPORT_HEADER_USERNAME,
|
|
IDS_REPORT_HEADER_LOGONNAME,
|
|
IDS_REPORT_HEADER_AMTUSED,
|
|
IDS_REPORT_HEADER_LIMIT,
|
|
IDS_REPORT_HEADER_THRESHOLD,
|
|
IDS_REPORT_HEADER_PCTUSED };
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pszDest));
|
|
DBGASSERT((1 < cchDest));
|
|
CString strHeader(TEXT("..."));
|
|
|
|
if (iColId < ARRAYSIZE(rgTitles))
|
|
{
|
|
strHeader.Format(g_hInstDll, rgTitles[iColId]);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("LISTVIEW - Invalid idCol (%d) on header request"), iColId));
|
|
}
|
|
lstrcpyn(pszDest, strHeader, cchDest);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetReportRowCount
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves the number of data rows in the listview.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Number of rows in the listview.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/08/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
UINT
|
|
DetailsView::GetReportRowCount(VOID)
|
|
{
|
|
return ListView_GetSelectedCount(m_hwndListView);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetReportBinaryRecordSize
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves the number of bytes in a record formatted as
|
|
binary data. This should be called before GetReportBinaryRecord to
|
|
determine how to size the destination buffer.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iRow - 0-based index of the row in question.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Number of bytes required to store the record.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/22/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
UINT
|
|
DetailsView::GetReportBinaryRecordSize(
|
|
UINT iRow
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT cbRecord = 0;
|
|
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((iRow < m_UserList.Count()));
|
|
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, iRow))
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != pUser)
|
|
{
|
|
pUser->GetSidLength((LPDWORD)&cbRecord); // Length of SID field.
|
|
|
|
cbRecord += sizeof(DWORD) + // Sid-Length field.
|
|
sizeof(LONGLONG) + // Quota used field.
|
|
sizeof(LONGLONG) + // Quota threshold field.
|
|
sizeof(LONGLONG); // Quota limit field.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return cbRecord;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetReportBinaryRecord
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves the information for a single row in the
|
|
details view formatted as binary data.
|
|
The format of the returned record is as follows:
|
|
|
|
+------------+---------------------------------------+
|
|
| cbSid (32) | SID (variable length) |
|
|
+------------+------------+-------------+------------+
|
|
| Quota Used (64) | Quota Threshold (64) |
|
|
+------------+------------+-------------+------------+
|
|
| Quota Limit (64) |
|
|
+------------+------------+
|
|
|
|
(*) The size of each field (bits) is shown in parentheses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iRow - 0-based index of the row in question.
|
|
|
|
pbRecord - Address of destination buffer.
|
|
|
|
cbRecord - Number of bytes in destination buffer.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
TRUE = Destination buffer was sufficiently large.
|
|
FALSE = Destination buffer too small or record was invalid.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/22/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
BOOL
|
|
DetailsView::GetReportBinaryRecord(
|
|
UINT iRow,
|
|
LPBYTE pbRecord,
|
|
UINT cbRecord
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create "PMF" (pointer to member function) as a type of pointer
|
|
// to the IDiskQuotaUser::GetQuotaXXXXXX functions. This allows us
|
|
// to build an array of function pointers and reduce the amount of
|
|
// code required.
|
|
//
|
|
typedef HRESULT(_stdcall IDiskQuotaUser::*PMF)(PLONGLONG);
|
|
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser = NULL;
|
|
BOOL bResult = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((iRow < m_UserList.Count()));
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pbRecord));
|
|
|
|
if (m_UserList.Retrieve((LPVOID *)&pUser, iRow))
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD cbSid = 0;
|
|
if (NULL != pUser && cbRecord >= sizeof(cbSid))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Store the SID-length value first in the record.
|
|
//
|
|
pUser->GetSidLength((LPDWORD)&cbSid);
|
|
*((LPDWORD)pbRecord) = cbSid;
|
|
|
|
pbRecord += sizeof(cbSid);
|
|
cbRecord -= sizeof(cbSid);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Store the SID value next.
|
|
//
|
|
if (cbRecord >= cbSid && SUCCEEDED(pUser->GetSid(pbRecord, cbRecord)))
|
|
{
|
|
pbRecord += cbSid;
|
|
cbRecord -= cbSid;
|
|
//
|
|
// An array of member function pointers. Each function
|
|
// retrieves a LONGLONG value from the quota user object.
|
|
// This places the redundant code in a loop.
|
|
//
|
|
// The value order is Quota Used, Quota Threshold, Quota Limit.
|
|
//
|
|
PMF rgpfnQuotaValue[] = {
|
|
&IDiskQuotaUser::GetQuotaUsed,
|
|
&IDiskQuotaUser::GetQuotaThreshold,
|
|
&IDiskQuotaUser::GetQuotaLimit
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < ARRAYSIZE(rgpfnQuotaValue); i++)
|
|
{
|
|
bResult = TRUE;
|
|
if (cbRecord >= sizeof(LONGLONG))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// First copy to a stack LONGLONG as it is guaranteed
|
|
// to be aligned. Then byte-copy the value to the
|
|
// output buffer.
|
|
//
|
|
LONGLONG llValue;
|
|
(pUser->*(rgpfnQuotaValue[i]))(&llValue);
|
|
CopyMemory(pbRecord, &llValue, sizeof(llValue));
|
|
pbRecord += sizeof(LONGLONG);
|
|
cbRecord -= sizeof(LONGLONG);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Insufficient buffer.
|
|
//
|
|
bResult = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return bResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GiveFeedback
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation for IDropSource::GiveFeedback.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDropSource::GiveFeedback in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Always returns DRAGDROP_S_USEDEFAULTS.
|
|
We don't have any special cursors for drag/drop.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::GiveFeedback(
|
|
DWORD dwEffect
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DropSource::GiveFeedback")));
|
|
return DRAGDROP_S_USEDEFAULTCURSORS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::QueryContinueDrag
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation for IDropSource::QueryContinueDrag
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDropSource::QueryContinueDrag in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
DRAGDROP_S_CANCEL = User pressed ESC during drag.
|
|
DRAGDROP_S_DROP = User releases left mouse button.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::QueryContinueDrag(
|
|
BOOL fEscapePressed,
|
|
DWORD grfKeyState
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = S_OK;
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DropSource::QueryContinueDrag")));
|
|
if (fEscapePressed)
|
|
hResult = DRAGDROP_S_CANCEL;
|
|
else if (!(m_DropSource.m_grfKeyState & grfKeyState))
|
|
hResult = DRAGDROP_S_DROP;
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DragEnter
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation for IDropTarget::DragEnter
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDropTarget::DragEnter in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: See IDropTarget::DragEnter in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::DragEnter(
|
|
IDataObject *pDataObject,
|
|
DWORD grfKeyState,
|
|
POINTL pt,
|
|
DWORD *pdwEffect
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
BOOL bWillAcceptDrop = FALSE;
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
IEnumFORMATETC *pEnum = NULL;
|
|
|
|
*pdwEffect = DROPEFFECT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Enumerate formats supported by our data object.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = pDataObject->EnumFormatEtc(DATADIR_GET, &pEnum);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG ulFetched = 0;
|
|
FORMATETC fmt;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Search the formats until we find an acceptable match.
|
|
// We only accept our private export format along with
|
|
// CF_HDROP in stream and HGLOBAL media types.
|
|
//
|
|
while(!bWillAcceptDrop && S_OK == pEnum->Next(1, &fmt, &ulFetched))
|
|
{
|
|
if (fmt.cfFormat == DataObject::m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport || fmt.cfFormat == CF_HDROP)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fmt.tymed & (TYMED_HGLOBAL | TYMED_ISTREAM))
|
|
{
|
|
bWillAcceptDrop = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pEnum->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
if (bWillAcceptDrop)
|
|
{
|
|
*pdwEffect = (grfKeyState & MK_CONTROL ? DROPEFFECT_COPY :
|
|
DROPEFFECT_MOVE);
|
|
m_DropTarget.m_pIDataObject = pDataObject;
|
|
m_DropTarget.m_pIDataObject->AddRef();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DragOver
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation for IDropTarget::DragOver
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDropTarget::DragOver in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: See IDropTarget::DragOver in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::DragOver(
|
|
DWORD grfKeyState,
|
|
POINTL pt,
|
|
DWORD *pdwEffect
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != m_DropTarget.m_pIDataObject)
|
|
{
|
|
*pdwEffect = (grfKeyState & MK_CONTROL ? DROPEFFECT_COPY :
|
|
DROPEFFECT_MOVE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
*pdwEffect = DROPEFFECT_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DragLeave
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation for IDropTarget::DragLeave
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDropTarget::DragLeave in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: See IDropTarget::DragLeave in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::DragLeave(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != m_DropTarget.m_pIDataObject)
|
|
{
|
|
m_DropTarget.m_pIDataObject->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Drop
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation for IDropTarget::Drop
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDropTarget::Drop in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: See IDropTarget::Drop in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Drop(
|
|
IDataObject *pDataObject,
|
|
DWORD grfKeyState,
|
|
POINTL pt,
|
|
DWORD *pdwEffect
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
*pdwEffect = DROPEFFECT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != m_DropTarget.m_pIDataObject)
|
|
{
|
|
DragLeave();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Import the quota data from the data object.
|
|
//
|
|
Importer importer(*this);
|
|
hResult = importer.Import(pDataObject);
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
if (grfKeyState & MK_CONTROL)
|
|
{
|
|
*pdwEffect = DROPEFFECT_COPY;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetData
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::GetData
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::GetData in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: See IDataObject::GetData in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::GetData(
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtc,
|
|
STGMEDIUM *pMedium
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_INVALIDARG;
|
|
|
|
#if DBG
|
|
|
|
TCHAR szCFName[MAX_PATH] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
|
|
GetClipboardFormatName(pFormatEtc->cfFormat, szCFName, ARRAYSIZE(szCFName));
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::GetData\nDVA = %d CF = %d (%s) tymed = %d"),
|
|
pFormatEtc->dwAspect, pFormatEtc->cfFormat,
|
|
szCFName,
|
|
pFormatEtc->tymed));
|
|
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != pFormatEtc && NULL != pMedium)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// See if we support the requested format.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = m_pDataObject->IsFormatSupported(pFormatEtc);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Yep, we support it. Render the data.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = m_pDataObject->RenderData(pFormatEtc, pMedium);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetDataHere
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::GetDataHere
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::GetData in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: E_NOTIMPL
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::GetDataHere(
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtc,
|
|
STGMEDIUM *pMedium
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::GetDataHere")));
|
|
return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::QueryGetData
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::QueryGetData
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::QueryGetData in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: See IDataObject::QueryGetData in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::QueryGetData(
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtc
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
|
|
#if DBG
|
|
|
|
TCHAR szCFName[MAX_PATH] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
|
|
GetClipboardFormatName(pFormatEtc->cfFormat, szCFName, ARRAYSIZE(szCFName));
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::QueryGetData\nDVA = %d CF = %d (%s) tymed = %d"),
|
|
pFormatEtc->dwAspect, pFormatEtc->cfFormat,
|
|
szCFName,
|
|
pFormatEtc->tymed));
|
|
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != pFormatEtc)
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = m_pDataObject->IsFormatSupported(pFormatEtc);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = E_INVALIDARG;
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::GetCanonicalFormatEtc
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::GetCanonicalFormatEtc
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::GetCanonicalFormatEtc in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: See IDataObject::GetCanonicalFormatEtc in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::GetCanonicalFormatEtc(
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtcIn,
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtcOut
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::GetCanonicalFormatEtc")));
|
|
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_INVALIDARG;
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != pFormatEtcIn && NULL != pFormatEtcOut)
|
|
{
|
|
CopyMemory(pFormatEtcOut, pFormatEtcIn, sizeof(*pFormatEtcOut));
|
|
pFormatEtcOut->ptd = NULL;
|
|
hResult = DATA_S_SAMEFORMATETC;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::SetData
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::SetData
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::SetData in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: E_NOTIMPL.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::SetData(
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtc,
|
|
STGMEDIUM *pMedium,
|
|
BOOL fRelease
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::SetData")));
|
|
return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::EnumFormatEtc
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::EnumFormatEtc
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::EnumFormatEtc in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: See IDataObject::GetCanonicalFormatEtc in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::EnumFormatEtc(
|
|
DWORD dwDirection,
|
|
IEnumFORMATETC **ppenumFormatEtc
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::EnumFormatEtc")));
|
|
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
EnumFORMATETC *pEnum = NULL;
|
|
|
|
switch(dwDirection)
|
|
{
|
|
case DATADIR_GET:
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
pEnum = new EnumFORMATETC(m_pDataObject->m_cFormats, m_pDataObject->m_rgFormats);
|
|
hResult = pEnum->QueryInterface(IID_IEnumFORMATETC, (LPVOID *)ppenumFormatEtc);
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
*ppenumFormatEtc = NULL;
|
|
hResult = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case DATADIR_SET:
|
|
//
|
|
// SetData not implemented.
|
|
//
|
|
default:
|
|
*ppenumFormatEtc = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DAdvise
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::DAdvise
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::DAdvise in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: E_NOTIMPL
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::DAdvise(
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtc,
|
|
DWORD advf,
|
|
IAdviseSink *pAdvSink,
|
|
DWORD *pdwConnection
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::DAdvise")));
|
|
return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DUnadvise
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::DUnadvise
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::DUnadvise in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: E_NOTIMPL
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::DUnadvise(
|
|
DWORD dwConnection
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::DUnadvise")));
|
|
return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::EnumDAdvise
|
|
|
|
Description: Implementation of IDataObject::EnumDAdvise
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See IDataObject::EnumDAdvise in SDK.
|
|
|
|
Returns: E_NOTIMPL
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
STDMETHODIMP
|
|
DetailsView::EnumDAdvise(
|
|
IEnumSTATDATA **ppenumAdvise
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - DataObject::EnumDAdvise")));
|
|
return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Number of clipboard formats supported by our data object.
|
|
// Change this if you add/remove clipboard formats. There's an assert
|
|
// in the DataObject ctor to ensure this.
|
|
//
|
|
const INT DetailsView::DataObject::CF_FORMATS_SUPPORTED = 14;
|
|
//
|
|
// Name of data stream in import/export and dragdrop streams.
|
|
//
|
|
LPCWSTR DetailsView::DataObject::SZ_EXPORT_STREAM_NAME = L"NT DISKQUOTA IMPORTEXPORT";
|
|
LPCTSTR DetailsView::DataObject::SZ_EXPORT_CF_NAME = TEXT("NT DISKQUTOA IMPORTEXPORT");
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The version of export data produced by this module. This value
|
|
// is written into the stream immediately following the GUID. If the
|
|
// format of the export stream is changed, this value should be incremented.
|
|
//
|
|
const DWORD DetailsView::DataObject::EXPORT_STREAM_VERSION = 1;
|
|
|
|
CLIPFORMAT DetailsView::DataObject::m_CF_Csv = 0; // Comma-separated fields format.
|
|
CLIPFORMAT DetailsView::DataObject::m_CF_RichText = 0; // RTF format.
|
|
CLIPFORMAT DetailsView::DataObject::m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport = 0; // Internal fmt for import/export.
|
|
CLIPFORMAT DetailsView::DataObject::m_CF_FileGroupDescriptor = 0;
|
|
CLIPFORMAT DetailsView::DataObject::m_CF_FileContents = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::DataObject
|
|
|
|
Description: Constructor for implementation of IDataObject.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
DV - Reference to details view object that contains the data object.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::DataObject(
|
|
DetailsView& DV
|
|
) : m_pStg(NULL),
|
|
m_pStm(NULL),
|
|
m_rgFormats(NULL),
|
|
m_cFormats(CF_FORMATS_SUPPORTED),
|
|
m_DV(DV)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_VIEW, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DetailsView::DataObject::DataObject")));
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_VIEW, DL_HIGH, TEXT("\tthis = 0x%08X"), this));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get additional clipboard formats we support.
|
|
//
|
|
if (0 == m_CF_Csv)
|
|
{
|
|
m_CF_Csv = (CLIPFORMAT)RegisterClipboardFormat(TEXT("Csv"));
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - Csv CF = %d"), m_CF_Csv));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (0 == m_CF_RichText)
|
|
{
|
|
m_CF_RichText = (CLIPFORMAT)RegisterClipboardFormat(TEXT("Rich Text Format"));
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - RTF CF = %d"), m_CF_RichText));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (0 == m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport)
|
|
{
|
|
m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport = (CLIPFORMAT)RegisterClipboardFormat(DataObject::SZ_EXPORT_CF_NAME);
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - NtDiskQuotaExport = %d"), m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (0 == m_CF_FileGroupDescriptor)
|
|
{
|
|
m_CF_FileGroupDescriptor = (CLIPFORMAT)RegisterClipboardFormat(TEXT("FileGroupDescriptorW"));
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - FileGroupDescriptorW = %d"), m_CF_FileGroupDescriptor));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (0 == m_CF_FileContents)
|
|
{
|
|
m_CF_FileContents = (CLIPFORMAT)RegisterClipboardFormat(TEXT("FileContents"));
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - FileContents = %d"), m_CF_FileContents));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the array to hold the FORMATETC structures that describe the
|
|
// formats we support.
|
|
//
|
|
m_rgFormats = new FORMATETC[m_cFormats];
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify all formats and media we support.
|
|
// Place the richest formats first in the array.
|
|
// These are used to initialize the format enumerator when it
|
|
// is requested.
|
|
//
|
|
UINT iFmt = 0;
|
|
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_FileGroupDescriptor, TYMED_ISTREAM);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_FileGroupDescriptor, TYMED_HGLOBAL);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_FileContents, TYMED_ISTREAM);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_FileContents, TYMED_HGLOBAL);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport, TYMED_ISTREAM);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport, TYMED_HGLOBAL);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_RichText, TYMED_ISTREAM);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_RichText, TYMED_HGLOBAL);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_Csv, TYMED_ISTREAM);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], m_CF_Csv, TYMED_HGLOBAL);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], CF_UNICODETEXT, TYMED_ISTREAM);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], CF_UNICODETEXT, TYMED_HGLOBAL);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], CF_TEXT, TYMED_ISTREAM);
|
|
SetFormatEtc(m_rgFormats[iFmt++], CF_TEXT, TYMED_HGLOBAL);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If you hit this, you need to adjust CF_FORMATS_SUPPORTED to match
|
|
// the number of SetFormatEtc statements above.
|
|
// Otherwise, you just overwrote the m_rgFormats[] allocation.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((iFmt == m_cFormats));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::~DataObject
|
|
|
|
Description: Destructor for implementation of IDataObject.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::~DataObject(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGTRACE((DM_VIEW, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DetailsView::DataObject::~DataObject")));
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_VIEW, DL_HIGH, TEXT("\tthis = 0x%08X"), this));
|
|
|
|
delete[] m_rgFormats;
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStg)
|
|
m_pStg->Release();
|
|
//
|
|
// NOTE: m_pStm is released by the data object's recipient
|
|
// through ReleaseStgMedium.
|
|
//
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::IsFormatSupported
|
|
|
|
Description: Determines if a given format is supported by our implementation.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pFormatEtc - Address of FORMATETC structure containing request info.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Supported.
|
|
DV_E_TYMED - Medium type not supported.
|
|
DV_E_FORMATETC - Clipboard format not supported.
|
|
DV_E_DVASPECT - Device aspect not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/10/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::IsFormatSupported(
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtc
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pFormatEtc));
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
if (DVASPECT_CONTENT == pFormatEtc->dwAspect)
|
|
{
|
|
if (CF_TEXT == pFormatEtc->cfFormat ||
|
|
CF_UNICODETEXT == pFormatEtc->cfFormat ||
|
|
m_CF_RichText == pFormatEtc->cfFormat ||
|
|
m_CF_Csv == pFormatEtc->cfFormat ||
|
|
m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport == pFormatEtc->cfFormat ||
|
|
m_CF_FileGroupDescriptor == pFormatEtc->cfFormat ||
|
|
m_CF_FileContents == pFormatEtc->cfFormat)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pFormatEtc->tymed & (TYMED_ISTREAM | TYMED_HGLOBAL))
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = DV_E_TYMED;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = DV_E_FORMATETC;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
hResult = DV_E_DVASPECT;
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::CreateRenderStream
|
|
|
|
Description: Creates the OLE stream on which the data is to be rendered.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
tymed - Desired medium type.
|
|
|
|
ppStm - Address of IStream pointer variable to receive the stream ptr.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_INVALIDARG - Invalid medium type.
|
|
E_OUTOFMEMORY - Insufficient memory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
07/30/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::CreateRenderStream(
|
|
DWORD tymed,
|
|
IStream **ppStm
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NOERROR;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the Stream.
|
|
//
|
|
if (TYMED_ISTREAM & tymed)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - CreateRenderStream for ISTREAM")));
|
|
hResult = CreateStreamOnHGlobal(NULL, // Block of 0 bytes.
|
|
TRUE, // Delete on release.
|
|
ppStm);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (TYMED_HGLOBAL & tymed)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DRAGDROP - CreateRenderStream for HGLOBAL")));
|
|
hResult = CreateStreamOnHGlobal(NULL, // Block of 0 bytes.
|
|
TRUE, // Delete on release.
|
|
ppStm);
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::RenderData [private]
|
|
|
|
Description: Renders the data in the Details View onto the provided
|
|
stream using the requested clipboard format.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pStm - Pointer to output stream.
|
|
|
|
cf - Desired clipboard format.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
E_FAIL - General failure.
|
|
STG_E_WRITEFAULT - Media write error.
|
|
STG_E_MEDIUMFULL - Insufficient space on medium.
|
|
E_ACCESSDENIED - Write access denied.
|
|
E_OUTOFMEMORY - Insufficient memory.
|
|
E_UNEXPECTED - Unexpected exception.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
07/30/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::RenderData(
|
|
IStream *pStm,
|
|
CLIPFORMAT cf
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NOERROR;
|
|
Renderer *pRenderer = NULL;
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("DetailsView::DataObject::RenderData on stream")));
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the properly-typed rendering object for the requested format.
|
|
//
|
|
switch(cf)
|
|
{
|
|
case CF_TEXT:
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("Format is CF_TEXT")));
|
|
pRenderer = new Renderer_TEXT(m_DV);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CF_UNICODETEXT:
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("Format is CF_UNICODETEXT")));
|
|
pRenderer = new Renderer_UNICODETEXT(m_DV);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
if (m_CF_RichText == cf)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("Format is RTF")));
|
|
pRenderer = new Renderer_RTF(m_DV);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (m_CF_Csv == cf)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("Format is Csv")));
|
|
pRenderer = new Renderer_Csv(m_DV);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport == cf)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("Format is Windows NT Disk Quota ImportExport Format")));
|
|
pRenderer = new Renderer_Export(m_DV);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (m_CF_FileGroupDescriptor == cf)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("Format is FileGroupDescriptor")));
|
|
pRenderer = new Renderer_FileGroupDescriptor(m_DV);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (m_CF_FileContents == cf)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("Format is FileContents")));
|
|
pRenderer = new Renderer_FileContents(m_DV);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_MID, TEXT("Unknown CF format (%d) requested"), cf));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != pRenderer)
|
|
{
|
|
m_pStm->AddRef(); // Giving stream to renderer.
|
|
// Will be released when renderer is destroyed.
|
|
//
|
|
// Render the information onto the stream.
|
|
// This can throw FileError exceptions if we run out of disk
|
|
// space or there's a disk write error.
|
|
//
|
|
pRenderer->Render(m_pStm);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CFileException& fe)
|
|
{
|
|
switch(fe.Reason())
|
|
{
|
|
case CFileException::write:
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("FileWrite error")));
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case CFileException::device:
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Disk error")));
|
|
hResult = STG_E_WRITEFAULT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case CFileException::diskfull:
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Disk Full error")));
|
|
hResult = STG_E_MEDIUMFULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case CFileException::access:
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Access Denied error")));
|
|
hResult = E_ACCESSDENIED;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Other error")));
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& e)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Insufficient memory")));
|
|
hResult = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
delete pRenderer;
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::RenderData [public]
|
|
|
|
Description: Renders the data in the Details View onto the requested
|
|
medium using the requested format.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pFormatEtc - Address of FORMATETC structure containing request info.
|
|
|
|
pMedium - Address of STGMEDIUM structure containing requested
|
|
medium info.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR - Success.
|
|
Can return many other OLE drag/drop error codes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/10/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
07/30/97 Reworked. Moved some code into CreateRenderStream BrianAu
|
|
and CreateAndRunRenderer. Makes the function
|
|
more understandable.
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::RenderData(
|
|
FORMATETC *pFormatEtc,
|
|
STGMEDIUM *pMedium
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pFormatEtc));
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pMedium));
|
|
DBGASSERT((SUCCEEDED(IsFormatSupported(pFormatEtc))));
|
|
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NOERROR;
|
|
Renderer *pRenderer = NULL;
|
|
|
|
DBGPRINT((DM_DRAGDROP, DL_HIGH, TEXT("DetailsView::DataObject::RenderData on medium")));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the stream we'll render the data onto.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = CreateRenderStream(pFormatEtc->tymed, &m_pStm);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Render the data on the stream.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = RenderData(m_pStm, pFormatEtc->cfFormat);
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// If we've made it here, we have a valid drag-drop report on m_pStm.
|
|
// Now set up the stg medium to transfer the rendering.
|
|
//
|
|
if (TYMED_ISTREAM & pFormatEtc->tymed)
|
|
{
|
|
pMedium->pstm = m_pStm;
|
|
pMedium->tymed = TYMED_ISTREAM;
|
|
pMedium->pUnkForRelease = NULL; // Target will free the Stream.
|
|
}
|
|
else if (TYMED_HGLOBAL & pFormatEtc->tymed)
|
|
{
|
|
pMedium->tymed = TYMED_HGLOBAL;
|
|
pMedium->pUnkForRelease = NULL; // Target will free the mem.
|
|
hResult = GetHGlobalFromStream(m_pStm,
|
|
&pMedium->hGlobal);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Call to CreateRenderStream() should have failed if we
|
|
// hit this.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((0));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("DRAGDROP - Error 0x%08X rendering data"), hResult));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Something failed after the stream was created.
|
|
// The DetailsView::DataObject dtor DOES NOT release it.
|
|
// It assumes success and assumes the recipient will release it.
|
|
// Release the stream.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pStm->Release();
|
|
//
|
|
// These two statements are redundant since pMedium contains a union.
|
|
// I didn't want any more if(STREAM) else if (HGLOBAL) logic. In case
|
|
// there's ever a change in structure, this will ensure both possible
|
|
// medium types are null'd out.
|
|
//
|
|
pMedium->pstm = NULL;
|
|
pMedium->hGlobal = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("DRAGDROP - Error 0x%08X creating stream"), hResult);)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::SetFormatEtc [static]
|
|
|
|
Description: Helper function to set the members of a FORMATETC
|
|
structure. Uses defaults for least used members.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: See SDK description of FORMATETC.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::SetFormatEtc(
|
|
FORMATETC& fe,
|
|
CLIPFORMAT cfFormat,
|
|
DWORD tymed,
|
|
DWORD dwAspect,
|
|
DVTARGETDEVICE *ptd,
|
|
LONG lindex
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
fe.cfFormat = cfFormat;
|
|
fe.dwAspect = dwAspect;
|
|
fe.ptd = ptd;
|
|
fe.tymed = tymed;
|
|
fe.lindex = lindex;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::WideToAnsi
|
|
|
|
Description: Helper function to convert a wide character string to ANSI.
|
|
The caller must delete the return buffer.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pszTextW - UNICODE string to convert.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Address of ANSI string. Caller must delete this.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LPSTR
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::WideToAnsi(
|
|
LPCWSTR pszTextW
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pszTextW));
|
|
|
|
INT cchTextA = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP,
|
|
0,
|
|
pszTextW,
|
|
-1,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
LPSTR pszTextA = new CHAR[cchTextA];
|
|
|
|
WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP,
|
|
0,
|
|
pszTextW,
|
|
-1,
|
|
pszTextA,
|
|
cchTextA,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
return pszTextA;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Render
|
|
|
|
Description: Render the selected items in the listview on a stream.
|
|
Calls virtual functions defined by derived classes to produce the
|
|
required format.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pStm - Address of IStream on which to write output.
|
|
Assumes that this pointer has been AddRef'd by the caller.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Render(
|
|
IStream *pStm
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
WCHAR szText[MAX_PATH];
|
|
INT rgColIds[DetailsView::idCol_Last];
|
|
INT cCols = m_DV.GetColumnIds(rgColIds, ARRAYSIZE(rgColIds));
|
|
INT cRows = m_DV.GetReportRowCount();
|
|
INT i, j;
|
|
INT iRow = -1;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pStm));
|
|
m_Stm.SetStream(pStm);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Start the report.
|
|
//
|
|
Begin(cRows, cCols);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the report title.
|
|
//
|
|
m_DV.GetReportTitle(szText, ARRAYSIZE(szText));
|
|
AddTitle(szText);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the report column headers.
|
|
//
|
|
BeginHeaders();
|
|
for (i = 0; i < cCols; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
m_DV.GetReportColHeader(rgColIds[i], szText, ARRAYSIZE(szText));
|
|
AddHeader(szText);
|
|
AddHeaderSep();
|
|
}
|
|
EndHeaders();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the report row/col data.
|
|
//
|
|
for (i = 0; i < cRows; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
iRow = m_DV.GetNextSelectedItemIndex(iRow);
|
|
DBGASSERT((-1 != iRow));
|
|
BeginRow();
|
|
for (j = 0; j < cCols; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
AddRowColData(iRow, rgColIds[j]);
|
|
AddRowColSep();
|
|
}
|
|
EndRow();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Terminate the report.
|
|
//
|
|
End();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Stream
|
|
|
|
Description: Constructor for the renderer's private stream object.
|
|
The object is used to encapsulate stream write operations in overloaded
|
|
type-sensitive member functions.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pStm - Address of IStream associated with the object.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Stream(
|
|
IStream *pStm
|
|
) : m_pStm(pStm)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CLIPBOARD_DEBUG_OUTPUT
|
|
m_pStgDbgOut = NULL;
|
|
m_pStmDbgOut = NULL;
|
|
StgCreateDocfile(TEXT("\\DskquotaClipboard.Out"),
|
|
STGM_CREATE |
|
|
STGM_READWRITE |
|
|
STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE,
|
|
0,
|
|
&m_pStgDbgOut);
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStgDbgOut)
|
|
{
|
|
m_pStgDbgOut->CreateStream(TEXT("Clipboard Data"),
|
|
STGM_CREATE |
|
|
STGM_READWRITE |
|
|
STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE,
|
|
0, 0,
|
|
&m_pStmDbgOut);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // CLIPBOARD_DEBUG_OUTPUT
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::~Stream
|
|
|
|
Description: Destructor for the renderer's private stream object.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::~Stream(VOID)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStm)
|
|
m_pStm->Release();
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CLIPBOARD_DEBUG_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStmDbgOut)
|
|
m_pStmDbgOut->Release();
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStgDbgOut)
|
|
m_pStgDbgOut->Release();
|
|
|
|
#endif // CLIPBOARD_DEBUG_OUTPUT
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::SetStream
|
|
|
|
Description: Associates an IStream pointer with the stream object.
|
|
Releases an existing pointer if one was already assigned.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pStm - Address of new IStream to associate with stream object.
|
|
Caller must AddRef IStream pointer before passing to this function.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::SetStream(
|
|
IStream *pStm
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pStm));
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStm)
|
|
m_pStm->Release();
|
|
m_pStm = pStm;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write
|
|
|
|
Description: Set of overloaded functions to handle
|
|
the writing of various types of data to the stream.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pbData - Address of BYTE buffer for source data.
|
|
|
|
cbData - Number of bytes in pbData[]
|
|
|
|
pszTextA - Ansi text string for source data.
|
|
|
|
pszTextW - Wide character text string for source data.
|
|
|
|
bData - Byte to write to stream.
|
|
|
|
chDataW - Wide character to write to stream.
|
|
|
|
chDataA - Ansi character to write to stream.
|
|
|
|
dwData - DWORD-type data to write to stream.
|
|
|
|
dblData - double-type data to write to stream.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write(
|
|
LPBYTE pbData,
|
|
UINT cbData
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pbData));
|
|
|
|
ULONG cbWritten = 0;
|
|
HRESULT hr;
|
|
|
|
hr = m_pStm->Write(pbData, cbData, &cbWritten);
|
|
if (S_OK != hr)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Error 0x%08X writing to output stream."), hr));
|
|
CFileException::reason reason = CFileException::write;
|
|
switch(hr)
|
|
{
|
|
case STG_E_ACCESSDENIED:
|
|
reason = CFileException::access;
|
|
break;
|
|
case STG_E_MEDIUMFULL:
|
|
reason = CFileException::diskfull;
|
|
break;
|
|
case STG_E_WRITEFAULT:
|
|
reason = CFileException::device;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
//
|
|
// Use default value.
|
|
//
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
throw CFileException(reason, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CLIPBOARD_DEBUG_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
cbWritten = 0;
|
|
if (S_OK != m_pStmDbgOut->Write(pbData, cbData, &cbWritten))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::write, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
#endif // CLIPBOARD_DEBUG_OUTPUT
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write(
|
|
LPCWSTR pszTextW
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
Write((LPBYTE)pszTextW, lstrlenW(pszTextW) * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write(
|
|
LPCSTR pszTextA
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
Write((LPBYTE)pszTextA, lstrlenA(pszTextA) * sizeof(CHAR));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write(
|
|
BYTE bData
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
Write((LPBYTE)&bData, sizeof(bData));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write(
|
|
WCHAR chDataW
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
Write((LPBYTE)&chDataW, sizeof(chDataW));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write(
|
|
CHAR chDataA
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
Write((LPBYTE)&chDataA, sizeof(chDataA));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write(
|
|
DWORD dwData
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
Write((LPBYTE)&dwData, sizeof(dwData));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer::Stream::Write(
|
|
double dblData
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
Write((LPBYTE)&dblData, sizeof(dblData));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
//
|
|
// The following section of code contains the different implementations of
|
|
// the virtual rendering functions that make each type of rendering object
|
|
// unique. Since they're pretty self-explanatory, I haven't commented each
|
|
// function. It should be obvious as to what they do.
|
|
// I have separated each rendering-type section with a banner comment for
|
|
// readability. [brianau]
|
|
//
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// CF_UNICODETEXT
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_UNICODETEXT::AddTitle(
|
|
LPCTSTR pszTitle
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
m_Stm.Write(pszTitle);
|
|
m_Stm.Write(L'\r');
|
|
m_Stm.Write(L'\n');
|
|
m_Stm.Write(L'\r');
|
|
m_Stm.Write(L'\n');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_UNICODETEXT::AddRowColData(
|
|
INT iRow,
|
|
INT idCol
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
WCHAR szText[MAX_PATH];
|
|
LV_REPORT_ITEM item;
|
|
|
|
szText[0] = 0;
|
|
item.fType = LVRI_TEXT; // Want text data.
|
|
item.pszText = szText;
|
|
item.cchMaxText = ARRAYSIZE(szText);
|
|
|
|
m_DV.GetReportItem(iRow, idCol, &item);
|
|
m_Stm.Write(szText);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// CF_TEXT
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_TEXT::AddTitle(
|
|
LPCWSTR pszTitleW
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
array_autoptr<CHAR> ptrTitleA(DataObject::WideToAnsi(pszTitleW));
|
|
m_Stm.Write(ptrTitleA);
|
|
m_Stm.Write('\r');
|
|
m_Stm.Write('\n');
|
|
m_Stm.Write('\r');
|
|
m_Stm.Write('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_TEXT::AddHeader(
|
|
LPCWSTR pszHeaderW
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
array_autoptr<CHAR> ptrHeaderA(DataObject::WideToAnsi(pszHeaderW));
|
|
m_Stm.Write(ptrHeaderA);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_TEXT::AddRowColData(
|
|
INT iRow,
|
|
INT idCol
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
WCHAR szTextW[MAX_PATH];
|
|
LV_REPORT_ITEM item;
|
|
|
|
szTextW[0] = 0;
|
|
item.fType = LVRI_TEXT; // Want text data.
|
|
item.pszText = szTextW;
|
|
item.cchMaxText = ARRAYSIZE(szTextW);
|
|
|
|
m_DV.GetReportItem(iRow, idCol, &item);
|
|
|
|
array_autoptr<CHAR> ptrTextA(DataObject::WideToAnsi(szTextW));
|
|
m_Stm.Write(ptrTextA);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// RTF (Rich Text)
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
static const INT TWIPS_PER_PT = 20;
|
|
static const INT PTS_PER_INCH = 72;
|
|
static const INT TWIPS_PER_INCH = PTS_PER_INCH * TWIPS_PER_PT;
|
|
static const INT COL_WIDTH_TWIPS = TWIPS_PER_INCH * 5 / 4; // 1 1/4 inches.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Converts all single backslashes to double backslashes.
|
|
// Literal backslashes in RTF must be "\\".
|
|
// Caller must delete[] the returned buffer.
|
|
//
|
|
LPSTR
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_RTF::DoubleBackslashes(
|
|
LPSTR pszSrc
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pszSrc));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create new string for output. Size must be double. Every char
|
|
// could be '\'.
|
|
//
|
|
LPSTR pszFormatted = new CHAR[(lstrlenA(pszSrc) * 2) + 1];
|
|
LPSTR pszDest = pszFormatted;
|
|
|
|
while('\0' != *pszSrc)
|
|
{
|
|
if ('\\' == *pszSrc)
|
|
*pszDest++ = *pszSrc;
|
|
*pszDest++ = *pszSrc++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*pszDest = *pszSrc; // Pick up NUL terminator.
|
|
return pszFormatted;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_RTF::Begin(
|
|
INT cRows,
|
|
INT cCols
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
m_cCols = cCols;
|
|
m_Stm.Write("{\\rtf1 \\sect\\sectd\\lndscpsxn \\par\\pard\\plain ");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_RTF::AddTitle(
|
|
LPCWSTR pszTitleW
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
array_autoptr<CHAR> ptrTempA(DataObject::WideToAnsi(pszTitleW));
|
|
array_autoptr<CHAR> ptrTitleA(DoubleBackslashes(ptrTempA)); // cvt '\' to "\\"
|
|
m_Stm.Write(ptrTitleA);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_RTF::BeginHeaders(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
m_Stm.Write(" \\par \\par "); // Hdr preceded by empty row.
|
|
BeginHeaderOrRow(); // Add stuff common to hdr and data rows.
|
|
m_Stm.Write(" \\trhdr "); // Hdr at top of each page.
|
|
AddCellDefs(); // Cell size definitions.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_RTF::AddCellDefs(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
char szText[80];
|
|
INT cxTwips = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < m_cCols; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
cxTwips += COL_WIDTH_TWIPS;
|
|
wnsprintfA(szText, ARRAYSIZE(szText), "\\cellx%d", cxTwips);
|
|
m_Stm.Write(szText);
|
|
}
|
|
m_Stm.Write(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Stuff common to both header row and data rows.
|
|
//
|
|
VOID DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_RTF::BeginHeaderOrRow(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
m_Stm.Write("\\trowd \\pard \\intbl ");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_RTF::AddHeader(
|
|
LPCWSTR pszHeaderW
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
array_autoptr<CHAR> ptrHeaderA(DataObject::WideToAnsi(pszHeaderW));
|
|
//
|
|
// No need to convert '\' to "\\". No
|
|
// backslashes in our header text.
|
|
//
|
|
m_Stm.Write(ptrHeaderA);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_RTF::AddRowColData(
|
|
INT iRow,
|
|
INT idCol
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
WCHAR szTextW[MAX_PATH];
|
|
LV_REPORT_ITEM item;
|
|
|
|
szTextW[0] = 0;
|
|
item.fType = LVRI_TEXT; // Want text data.
|
|
item.pszText = szTextW;
|
|
item.cchMaxText = ARRAYSIZE(szTextW);
|
|
|
|
m_DV.GetReportItem(iRow, idCol, &item);
|
|
|
|
array_autoptr<CHAR> ptrTempA(DataObject::WideToAnsi(szTextW));
|
|
array_autoptr<CHAR> ptrTextA(DoubleBackslashes(ptrTempA)); // cvt '\' to "\\"
|
|
m_Stm.Write(ptrTextA);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// Private import/export format
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
//
|
|
// Assumes that caller AddRef'd IStream pointer.
|
|
//
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_Export::Render(
|
|
IStream *pStm
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
INT cRows = m_DV.GetReportRowCount();
|
|
INT iRow = -1;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pStm));
|
|
m_Stm.SetStream(pStm);
|
|
|
|
Begin(cRows, 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the export data records.
|
|
//
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < cRows; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
iRow = m_DV.GetNextSelectedItemIndex(iRow);
|
|
DBGASSERT((-1 != iRow));
|
|
AddBinaryRecord(iRow);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Terminate the report.
|
|
//
|
|
End();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_Export::Begin(
|
|
INT cRows,
|
|
INT cCols
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// The stream header contains a GUID as a unique identifier followed
|
|
// by a version number.
|
|
//
|
|
m_Stm.Write((LPBYTE)&GUID_NtDiskQuotaStream, sizeof(GUID_NtDiskQuotaStream));
|
|
m_Stm.Write(DataObject::EXPORT_STREAM_VERSION);
|
|
m_Stm.Write((DWORD)cRows);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_Export::AddBinaryRecord(
|
|
INT iRow
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT cbRecord = m_DV.GetReportBinaryRecordSize(iRow);
|
|
array_autoptr<BYTE> ptrRecord(new BYTE[cbRecord]);
|
|
if (NULL != ptrRecord.get())
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_DV.GetReportBinaryRecord(iRow, ptrRecord, cbRecord))
|
|
{
|
|
m_Stm.Write(ptrRecord, cbRecord);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// CF "FileGroupDescriptor"
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::DataObject::Renderer_FileGroupDescriptor::Begin(
|
|
INT cRows,
|
|
INT cCols
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Build a name for the file we'll create.
|
|
//
|
|
// Vol label? Filename
|
|
// ---------- -------------------------------------------------------
|
|
// Yes "Disk Quota Settings for Volume 'VOL_LABEL'"
|
|
// No "Disk Quota Settings for Unlabeled Volume SN 8AB1-DE23"
|
|
//
|
|
// The serial-number format is gross but without a label, we don't have
|
|
// any other distinguishing feature for the volume. I'd use the
|
|
// display name from the CVolumeID object but in the mounted volume
|
|
// case, it contains backslashes and a colon; both invalid buried in
|
|
// a filename.
|
|
//
|
|
TCHAR szLabel[MAX_VOL_LABEL] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
DWORD dwSerialNumber = 0;
|
|
GetVolumeInformation(m_DV.GetVolumeID().ForParsing(),
|
|
szLabel,
|
|
ARRAYSIZE(szLabel),
|
|
&dwSerialNumber,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
CString strFileName;
|
|
if (TEXT('\0') != szLabel[0])
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Volume has a label.
|
|
//
|
|
strFileName.Format(g_hInstDll,
|
|
IDS_EXPORT_STREAM_FILENAME_TEMPLATE,
|
|
szLabel);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// No volume label.
|
|
//
|
|
strFileName.Format(g_hInstDll,
|
|
IDS_EXPORT_STREAM_FILENAME_TEMPLATE_VOLSN,
|
|
HIWORD(dwSerialNumber),
|
|
LOWORD(dwSerialNumber));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create a file group descriptor containing the name we want the
|
|
// shell to use for the file. The descriptor contains one file
|
|
// description. That description just contains the file name.
|
|
// All other members are initialized to 0.
|
|
//
|
|
FILEGROUPDESCRIPTORW desc;
|
|
|
|
ZeroMemory(&desc, sizeof(desc));
|
|
desc.cItems = 1;
|
|
lstrcpyn(desc.fgd[0].cFileName, strFileName, ARRAYSIZE(desc.fgd[0].cFileName));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Write the file group descriptor to the renderer's stream.
|
|
//
|
|
m_Stm.Write((LPBYTE)&desc, sizeof(desc));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: LVSelection::Add
|
|
|
|
Description: Add a user pointer and listview item index to a listview
|
|
selection object. This object is used to transfer the notion of a
|
|
"selection" to some function.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pUser - Address of IDiskQuotaUser interface for a selected user object.
|
|
|
|
iItem - Index of selected item in the listview.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/10/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
LVSelection::Add(
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pUser,
|
|
INT iItem
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pUser));
|
|
|
|
ListEntry entry;
|
|
entry.pUser = pUser;
|
|
entry.iItem = iItem;
|
|
|
|
m_List.Append((LPVOID)&entry);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: LVSelection::Retrieve
|
|
|
|
Description: Retrieves a user pointer and listview item index from a
|
|
listview selection object.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
i - Index of item. Use the Count() method to determine how many
|
|
items are in the selection object.
|
|
|
|
ppUser - Address of an interface pointer variable to receive the
|
|
IDiskQuotaUser interface for the user object at index 'i'.
|
|
|
|
piItem - Address of integer variable to receive the Listview item index
|
|
of the object at index 'i'.
|
|
|
|
Returns: TRUE = Returned information is valid.
|
|
FALSE = Couldn't retrieve entry 'i'.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
09/10/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
BOOL
|
|
LVSelection::Retrieve(
|
|
INT i,
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER *ppUser,
|
|
INT *piItem
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
ListEntry entry;
|
|
if (m_List.Retrieve((LPVOID)&entry, i))
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != ppUser)
|
|
*ppUser = entry.pUser;
|
|
if (NULL != piItem)
|
|
*piItem = entry.iItem;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: ColumnMap::ColumnMap
|
|
Function: ColumnMap::~ColumnMap
|
|
|
|
Description: Constructor and Destructor.
|
|
Creates/Destroys a column map. The column map is used
|
|
to map column ID's (known to the Details View) to listview subitem
|
|
indices. It is needed to support the addition and deletion of the
|
|
folder name column.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
cMapSize - Number of entries in the map. Should be the max number
|
|
of columns possible in the listview.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Exceptions: OutOfMemory.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
ColumnMap::ColumnMap(
|
|
UINT cMapSize
|
|
) : m_pMap(NULL),
|
|
m_cMapSize(cMapSize)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Can throw OutOfMemory.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pMap = new INT[m_cMapSize];
|
|
FillMemory(m_pMap, m_cMapSize * sizeof(m_pMap[0]), (BYTE)-1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ColumnMap::~ColumnMap(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != m_pMap)
|
|
delete[] m_pMap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: ColumnMap::SubItemToId
|
|
|
|
Description: Returns a column ID given a listview subitem index.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iSubItem - 0-based subitem index of the item to be mapped.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Column ID corresponding to subitem. -1 if the subitem is invalid.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
INT
|
|
ColumnMap::SubItemToId(
|
|
INT iSubItem
|
|
) const
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((iSubItem >= 0 && iSubItem < (INT)m_cMapSize));
|
|
return *(m_pMap + iSubItem);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: ColumnMap::IdToSubItem
|
|
|
|
Description: Returns a listview subitem index given a column ID.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iColId - ID of column. i.e. idCol_Name, idCol_Folder etc.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Listview subitem index. -1 if the column is not currently
|
|
visible.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
INT
|
|
ColumnMap::IdToSubItem(
|
|
INT iColId
|
|
) const
|
|
{
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < (INT)m_cMapSize; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (SubItemToId(i) == iColId)
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: ColumnMap::RemoveId
|
|
|
|
Description: Removes a mapping for a given listview subitem index.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iSubItem - 0-based subitem index of the item to be removed.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
11/30/96 Fixed off-by-one error. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
ColumnMap::RemoveId(
|
|
INT iSubItem
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((iSubItem >= 0 && iSubItem < (INT)m_cMapSize));
|
|
for (INT i = iSubItem; i < (INT)m_cMapSize - 1; i++)
|
|
*(m_pMap + i) = *(m_pMap + i + 1);
|
|
*(m_pMap + m_cMapSize - 1) = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: ColumnMap::InsertId
|
|
|
|
Description: Adds a mapping for a given listview subitem index.
|
|
The mapping is added at the iSubItem location in the map. All subsequent
|
|
item mappings are shifted down one place. This is analogous to
|
|
inserting a column into the listview.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
iSubItem - 0-based subitem index of the item to be removed.
|
|
|
|
iColId - ID of column. i.e. idCol_Name, idCol_Folder etc.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
10/09/96 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
11/30/96 Fixed off-by-one error. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
ColumnMap::InsertId(
|
|
INT iSubItem,
|
|
INT iColId
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((iSubItem >= 0 && iSubItem < (INT)m_cMapSize));
|
|
for (INT i = m_cMapSize-1; i > iSubItem; i--)
|
|
*(m_pMap + i) = *(m_pMap + i - 1);
|
|
*(m_pMap + iSubItem) = iColId;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Finder::Finder
|
|
|
|
Description: Constructs a user finder object.
|
|
The user finder coordinates the activities of finding an item in
|
|
the details listview.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
DetailsView - Reference to the details view object.
|
|
|
|
cMaxMru - Maximum entries allowed in the most-recently-used list.
|
|
This list is maintained in the dropdown combo box in the
|
|
view's toolbar.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::Finder(
|
|
DetailsView& DetailsView,
|
|
INT cMaxMru
|
|
) : m_DetailsView(DetailsView),
|
|
m_hwndToolbarCombo(NULL),
|
|
m_cMaxComboEntries(cMaxMru),
|
|
m_pfnOldToolbarComboWndProc(NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Nothing more to do.
|
|
//
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Finder::ConnectToolbarCombo
|
|
|
|
Description: Connects the finder object to the combo box in the view's
|
|
toolbar. This is necessary because the finder object coordinates
|
|
the contents of the toolbar combo box with the contents of the
|
|
combo box in the "Find User" dialog. When you enter a name in
|
|
one of the boxes, it is automatically added to the other so they
|
|
appear to be in sync.
|
|
|
|
Also subclasses the edit control within the combo box. This is
|
|
required so that we can intercept VK_RETURN and find the record
|
|
when the user presses [Return].
|
|
|
|
Also adds the toolbar combo box as a "tool" to the toolbar. This
|
|
is so we can get a tooltip for the combo.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
hwndToolbarCombo - Hwnd of combo box in view's toolbar.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::ConnectToolbarCombo(
|
|
HWND hwndToolbarCombo
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
m_hwndToolbarCombo = hwndToolbarCombo;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the combo box to the toolbar's list of "tools".
|
|
// This will allow us to get a tooltip for the combo box.
|
|
// This code assumes that the combo is a child of the toolbar.
|
|
//
|
|
HWND hwndToolbar = GetParent(hwndToolbarCombo);
|
|
HWND hwndMain = GetParent(hwndToolbar);
|
|
HWND hwndTooltip = (HWND)SendMessage(hwndToolbar,
|
|
TB_GETTOOLTIPS,
|
|
0, 0);
|
|
if (NULL != hwndTooltip)
|
|
{
|
|
TOOLINFO ti;
|
|
|
|
ti.cbSize = sizeof(ti);
|
|
ti.uFlags = TTF_IDISHWND | TTF_CENTERTIP | TTF_SUBCLASS;
|
|
ti.lpszText = (LPTSTR)IDS_TOOLBAR_COMBO;
|
|
ti.hwnd = hwndMain;
|
|
ti.uId = (UINT_PTR)hwndToolbarCombo;
|
|
ti.hinst = g_hInstDll;
|
|
|
|
SendMessage(hwndTooltip, TTM_ADDTOOL, 0, (LPARAM)&ti);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Subclass the combo box so we can intercept VK_ENTER.
|
|
// This is done so we can respond to VK_ENTER. Normally combo boxes
|
|
// don't respond to this keystroke.
|
|
//
|
|
HWND hwndComboEdit = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The combo box has two children... an edit control and a listbox control.
|
|
// Find the edit control.
|
|
//
|
|
for (HWND hwndChild = GetTopWindow(m_hwndToolbarCombo);
|
|
hwndChild != NULL;
|
|
hwndChild = GetNextWindow(hwndChild, GW_HWNDNEXT))
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szClassName[20] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
GetClassName(hwndChild, szClassName, ARRAYSIZE(szClassName));
|
|
|
|
if (0 == lstrcmpi(szClassName, TEXT("Edit")))
|
|
{
|
|
hwndComboEdit = hwndChild;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != hwndComboEdit)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Store the address of the Finder object in the combo box's
|
|
// userdata. This is so the subclass WndProc (a static function)
|
|
// can access the finder object.
|
|
//
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(hwndComboEdit, GWLP_USERDATA, (INT_PTR)this);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Subclass the combo box's edit control.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pfnOldToolbarComboWndProc = (WNDPROC)GetWindowLongPtr(hwndComboEdit,
|
|
GWLP_WNDPROC);
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(hwndComboEdit,
|
|
GWLP_WNDPROC,
|
|
(INT_PTR)DetailsView::Finder::ToolbarComboSubClassWndProc);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Finder::InvokeFindDialog
|
|
|
|
Description: Display the "Find User" dialog.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
hwndParent - Parent for the dialog.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::InvokeFindDialog(
|
|
HWND hwndParent
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
DialogBoxParam(g_hInstDll,
|
|
MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_FINDUSER),
|
|
hwndParent,
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::DlgProc,
|
|
(LPARAM)this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Finder::DlgProc
|
|
|
|
Description: DlgProc for the "Find User" dialog.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
Standard DlgProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
Standard DlgProc return values.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
INT_PTR CALLBACK
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::DlgProc(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the finder object's "this" ptr from the window's userdata.
|
|
//
|
|
Finder *pThis = (Finder *)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER);
|
|
switch(uMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
case WM_INITDIALOG:
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Save the "this" ptr in the window's userdata.
|
|
//
|
|
pThis = (Finder *)lParam;
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER, (INT_PTR)pThis);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Set the height of the combo in the dialog.
|
|
// Not sure why, but DevStudio's dialog editor won't let me
|
|
// do this. Use the same height value we use for the combo
|
|
// in the toolbar. It's the same contents so the height
|
|
// should be the same.
|
|
//
|
|
HWND hwndCombo = GetDlgItem(hwnd, IDC_CMB_FINDUSER);
|
|
RECT rcCombo;
|
|
|
|
GetClientRect(hwndCombo, &rcCombo);
|
|
SetWindowPos(hwndCombo,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0, 0,
|
|
rcCombo.right - rcCombo.left,
|
|
CY_TOOLBAR_COMBO,
|
|
SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOREDRAW | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Fill the dialog's combo with entries from the toolbar
|
|
// combo. The toolbar's combo box contains the MRU for finding users.
|
|
//
|
|
pThis->FillDialogCombo(pThis->m_hwndToolbarCombo, GetDlgItem(hwnd, IDC_CMB_FINDUSER));
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case WM_COMMAND:
|
|
switch(LOWORD(wParam))
|
|
{
|
|
case IDOK:
|
|
//
|
|
// User pressed OK button or [Enter].
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
if (!pThis->UserNameEntered(GetDlgItem(hwnd, IDC_CMB_FINDUSER)))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Record not found so don't close dialog.
|
|
// UserNameEntered() will display UI to tell the user
|
|
// that the name wasn't found. Leave the dialog open
|
|
// so user can retry with a new name.
|
|
//
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Fall through...
|
|
//
|
|
case IDCANCEL:
|
|
//
|
|
// User pressed Cancel button or [ESC].
|
|
//
|
|
EndDialog(hwnd, 0);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
};
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Finder::FillDialogCombo
|
|
|
|
Description: Fill the combo box in the dialog with the contents
|
|
from a second combo box.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
hwndComboSrc - Hwnd of source combo containing text strings.
|
|
|
|
hwndComboDest - Hwnd of combo where strings will be copied to.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::FillDialogCombo(
|
|
HWND hwndComboSrc,
|
|
HWND hwndComboDest
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Clear out the destination combo.
|
|
//
|
|
SendMessage(hwndComboDest, CB_RESETCONTENT, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Copy all contents of the source combo to the destination combo.
|
|
//
|
|
INT cItems = (INT)SendMessage(hwndComboSrc, CB_GETCOUNT, 0, 0);
|
|
if (CB_ERR != cItems)
|
|
{
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < cItems; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
LPTSTR pszName = NULL;
|
|
INT cchName = (INT)SendMessage(hwndComboSrc, CB_GETLBTEXTLEN, i, 0);
|
|
pszName = new TCHAR[cchName + 1];
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != pszName)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Remove item from the source combo at index [i] and append
|
|
// it to the destination combo.
|
|
//
|
|
SendMessage(hwndComboSrc, CB_GETLBTEXT, i, (LPARAM)pszName);
|
|
SendMessage(hwndComboDest, CB_ADDSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)pszName);
|
|
delete[] pszName;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Finder::ToolbarComboSubclassWndProc
|
|
|
|
Description: Subclass window procedure for the "Edit" control that is part
|
|
of the combo contained in the view's toolbar. We subclass this control
|
|
so that we can intercept VK_RETURN and handle it. The standard combo
|
|
box just beeps when you press [Enter] in it's edit control.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
Standard WndProc arguments.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
Standard WndProc return values.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::ToolbarComboSubClassWndProc(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Get finder object's "this" ptr from window's userdata.
|
|
//
|
|
Finder *pThis = (Finder *)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
|
|
|
|
switch(uMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
case WM_CHAR:
|
|
switch(wParam)
|
|
{
|
|
case VK_RETURN:
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Tell the finder that a user name was entered in the
|
|
// combo box. Pass the hwnd of the combo from which the
|
|
// name was entered. Since this message is for the
|
|
// subclassed edit control (child of the combo), the
|
|
// parent is the combo box itself.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pThis));
|
|
HWND hwndCombo = GetParent(hwnd);
|
|
if (pThis->UserNameEntered(hwndCombo))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Record found in view.
|
|
// Set focus to the main view.
|
|
// If not found, focus should just stay with the combo
|
|
// so user can enter another name.
|
|
//
|
|
HWND hwndToolbar = GetParent(hwndCombo);
|
|
SetFocus(GetParent(hwndToolbar));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Not found in listview. Focus remains in the combo box
|
|
// so user can try again with a new name.
|
|
//
|
|
SetFocus(hwndCombo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Swallow up the VK_RETURN.
|
|
// Otherwise, the combo box control beeps.
|
|
//
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case VK_ESCAPE:
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Set focus to the main window which will set focus to the
|
|
// listview. This gives the keyboard-only user a way to
|
|
// get back out of the combo box.
|
|
//
|
|
HWND hwndCombo = GetParent(hwnd);
|
|
HWND hwndToolbar = GetParent(hwndCombo);
|
|
SetFocus(GetParent(hwndToolbar));
|
|
//
|
|
// Swallow VK_ESCAPE so combo box doesn't beep.
|
|
//
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return CallWindowProc(pThis->m_pfnOldToolbarComboWndProc,
|
|
hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Finder::AddNameToCombo
|
|
|
|
Description: Add a name string to one of the Find User combo boxes.
|
|
If the item already exists in the list, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
list. If the item is not in the list, it is added at the top of the list.
|
|
If the addition of the new item causes the list's entry count to exceed
|
|
a specified maximum value, the last item in the list is removed.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
hwndCombo - Hwnd for the combo box to which the name is added.
|
|
|
|
pszName - Address of name string to add.
|
|
|
|
cMaxEntries - Maximum number of entries allowed in combo box.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Nothing.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::AddNameToCombo(
|
|
HWND hwndCombo,
|
|
LPCTSTR pszName,
|
|
INT cMaxEntries
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != pszName && TEXT('\0') != *pszName)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// See if the item already exists in the list.
|
|
//
|
|
INT iItemToDelete = (INT)SendMessage(hwndCombo,
|
|
CB_FINDSTRING,
|
|
(WPARAM)-1,
|
|
(LPARAM)pszName);
|
|
|
|
if (CB_ERR == iItemToDelete)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Item is not already in the list. Need to add it.
|
|
// If the list is full, we'll have to drop one off of the end.
|
|
//
|
|
INT cItems = (INT)SendMessage(hwndCombo, CB_GETCOUNT, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (CB_ERR != cItems && 0 < cItems && cItems >= cMaxEntries)
|
|
{
|
|
iItemToDelete = cItems - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (-1 != iItemToDelete)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Need to delete an existing item for one of these reasons:
|
|
//
|
|
// 1. Promoting an existing item to the head of the list.
|
|
// Delete it from it's previous location.
|
|
// 2. Dropping last item from list.
|
|
//
|
|
SendMessage(hwndCombo, CB_DELETESTRING, iItemToDelete, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the new item at the head of the list.
|
|
//
|
|
SendMessage(hwndCombo, CB_INSERTSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)pszName);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Finder::UserNameEntered
|
|
|
|
Description: A name has been entered from one of the combo boxes.
|
|
1. Retrieve the name from the combo.
|
|
2. See if it's in the listview and if it is, the listview ensures the
|
|
item is visible and selects it.
|
|
3. Update the toobar combo's list with the new item. This is our MRU
|
|
list.
|
|
|
|
Add a name string to one of the Find User combo boxes.
|
|
If the item already exists in the list, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
list. If the item is not in the list, it is added at the top of the list.
|
|
If the addition of the new item causes the list's entry count to exceed
|
|
a specified maximum value, the last item in the list is removed.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
hwndCombo - Hwnd for the combo box to which the name is added.
|
|
|
|
pszName - Address of name string to add.
|
|
|
|
cMaxEntries - Maximum number of entries allowed in combo box.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
TRUE = User was found in listview.
|
|
FALSE = User was not found in listview.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
BOOL
|
|
DetailsView::Finder::UserNameEntered(
|
|
HWND hwndCombo
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szName[MAX_PATH] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
BOOL bUserFoundInListView = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the name from the combo edit control.
|
|
//
|
|
if (0 < SendMessage(hwndCombo, WM_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)ARRAYSIZE(szName), (LPARAM)szName))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Tell the details view object to highlight this name.
|
|
//
|
|
bUserFoundInListView = m_DetailsView.GotoUserName(szName);
|
|
|
|
if (bUserFoundInListView)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the name to the toolbar combo's listbox. This becomes
|
|
// our MRU list. Also make sure the visible name in the combo's
|
|
// edit control is the one last entered. May have been entered
|
|
// through the "Find User" dialog.
|
|
//
|
|
AddNameToCombo(m_hwndToolbarCombo, szName, m_cMaxComboEntries);
|
|
SendMessage(m_hwndToolbarCombo, WM_SETTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)szName);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Display a message box to the user stating that the user couldn't
|
|
// be found in the listview.
|
|
//
|
|
CString strMsg(g_hInstDll, IDS_USER_NOT_FOUND_IN_LISTVIEW, szName);
|
|
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(hwndCombo,
|
|
(LPCTSTR)strMsg,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONEXCLAMATION);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return bUserFoundInListView;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Importer(
|
|
DetailsView& DV
|
|
) : m_DV(DV),
|
|
m_bUserCancelled(FALSE),
|
|
m_bPromptOnReplace(TRUE),
|
|
m_dlgProgress(IDD_PROGRESS,
|
|
IDC_PROGRESS_BAR,
|
|
IDC_TXT_PROGRESS_DESCRIPTION,
|
|
IDC_TXT_PROGRESS_FILENAME),
|
|
m_hwndParent(m_DV.m_hwndMain),
|
|
m_cImported(0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (m_dlgProgress.Create(g_hInstDll, m_hwndParent))
|
|
{
|
|
EnableWindow(m_hwndParent, FALSE);
|
|
m_dlgProgress.SetDescription(MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDS_PROGRESS_IMPORTING));
|
|
m_dlgProgress.Show();
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// Clear any previous undo actions from the view's undo list.
|
|
//
|
|
m_DV.m_pUndoList->Clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::~Importer(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
Destroy();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Destroy(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != m_hwndParent && !IsWindowEnabled(m_hwndParent))
|
|
{
|
|
EnableWindow(m_hwndParent, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m_dlgProgress.Destroy();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Update the view's "Undo" menu and toolbar button based on the current
|
|
// contents of the undo list.
|
|
//
|
|
m_DV.EnableMenuItem_Undo(0 != m_DV.m_pUndoList->Count());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Importer::Import [IDataObject *]
|
|
|
|
Description: Imports user quota records given an IDataObject pointer.
|
|
Called from DetailsView::Drop().
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pIDataObject - Pointer to IDataObject interface of object containing
|
|
import data.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Import(
|
|
IDataObject *pIDataObject
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
FORMATETC fmt;
|
|
CStgMedium medium;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Array to specify the clipboard formats and media types that
|
|
// we can import from. Ordered by preference.
|
|
//
|
|
struct
|
|
{
|
|
CLIPFORMAT fmt;
|
|
DWORD tymed;
|
|
} rgFmtMedia[] = {{ DataObject::m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport, TYMED_ISTREAM},
|
|
{ DataObject::m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport, TYMED_HGLOBAL},
|
|
{ CF_HDROP, TYMED_ISTREAM},
|
|
{ CF_HDROP, TYMED_HGLOBAL}};
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pIDataObject));
|
|
|
|
hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < ARRAYSIZE(rgFmtMedia); i++)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// See which of our supported formats/media types the drop
|
|
// source supports.
|
|
//
|
|
DataObject::SetFormatEtc(fmt, rgFmtMedia[i].fmt, rgFmtMedia[i].tymed);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// NOTE: I wanted to call QueryGetData to verify a source's support
|
|
// for a format. However, it didn't work properly when
|
|
// pasting an HDROP from the shell. Calling GetData()
|
|
// directly results in the proper behavior.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = pIDataObject->GetData(&fmt, &medium);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Successfully have dropped data from the source.
|
|
// Import users from it.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = Import(fmt, medium);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("PasteFromData: Error 0x%08X, Drop source doesn't support our format/media"), hResult));
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Importer::Import [FORMATETC&, STGMEDIUM&]
|
|
|
|
Description: Imports one or more users from a storage medium.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
fmt - Reference to the FORMATETC structure describing the data format.
|
|
|
|
medium - Reference to the STGMEDIUM structure describing the medium.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Import(
|
|
const FORMATETC& fmt,
|
|
const STGMEDIUM& medium
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
IStream *pIStream = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (TYMED_HGLOBAL == medium.tymed)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Medium type is an HGLOBAL but our import functions need
|
|
// a stream.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = CreateStreamOnHGlobal(medium.hGlobal, FALSE, &pIStream);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (TYMED_ISTREAM == medium.tymed)
|
|
{
|
|
pIStream = medium.pstm;
|
|
hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// OK. The source can render data in one of our acceptable
|
|
// formats and medium types. Go ahead and have them render
|
|
// it onto our stream.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != pIStream)
|
|
{
|
|
if (DetailsView::DataObject::m_CF_NtDiskQuotaExport == fmt.cfFormat)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Stream contains quota record information directly.
|
|
// Import the records.
|
|
//
|
|
Source src(pIStream);
|
|
Import(src);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (CF_HDROP == fmt.cfFormat)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Stream contains names of files that potentially
|
|
// contain quota record information.
|
|
//
|
|
HGLOBAL hDrop;
|
|
hResult = GetHGlobalFromStream(pIStream, &hDrop);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
hResult = Import((HDROP)hDrop);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("PasteFromData: GetData failed with error 0x%08X"), hResult));
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Importer::Import [LPCTSTR]
|
|
|
|
Description: Imports settings for one or more users from a doc file on
|
|
disk. The doc file contains the import data directly in the stream.
|
|
After opening and validating the storage and stream, it passes the
|
|
stream to ImportUsersFromStream.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pszFilePath - Path to doc file containing import information stream.
|
|
|
|
bUserCancelled - Reference to variable that is returned status
|
|
indicating if the user cancelled the import operation.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
NO_ERROR = Success.
|
|
S_FALSE = Not a doc file.
|
|
STG_E_FILENOTFOUND
|
|
STG_E_OUTOFMEMORY
|
|
STG_E_ACCESSDENIED
|
|
STG_E_INVALIDNAME
|
|
STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Import(
|
|
LPCTSTR pszFilePath
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
BOOL bStreamFailure = FALSE; // FALSE = Storage failure.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Display the filename in the progress dialog.
|
|
//
|
|
m_dlgProgress.SetFileName(pszFilePath);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Validate and open the file.
|
|
//
|
|
if (S_OK != StgIsStorageFile(pszFilePath))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Not a doc file. Assume it was created using drag/drop.
|
|
// Map the file into memory and import from that.
|
|
// Contents will be validated during the import process.
|
|
//
|
|
MappedFile file;
|
|
hResult = file.Open(pszFilePath);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// This typecast from __int64 to ULONG is OK. Truncation
|
|
// will not be a problem. There will be no quota import
|
|
// storages larger than 4GB.
|
|
//
|
|
Source src(file.Base(), (ULONG)file.Size());
|
|
hResult = Import(src);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
IStorage *pStg = NULL;
|
|
//
|
|
// It's a doc file. Assume it's one created using OnCmdExport().
|
|
// Contents will be validated during the import process.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = StgOpenStorage(pszFilePath,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
STGM_DIRECT | STGM_READ | STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE,
|
|
NULL, 0,
|
|
&pStg);
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Open the import stream.
|
|
//
|
|
IStream *pIStream;
|
|
hResult = pStg->OpenStream(DetailsView::DataObject::SZ_EXPORT_STREAM_NAME,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
STGM_DIRECT | STGM_READ | STGM_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE,
|
|
0,
|
|
&pIStream);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Import information contained in the stream.
|
|
//
|
|
Source src(pIStream);
|
|
hResult = Import(src);
|
|
pIStream->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Import: Error 0x%08X opening stream \"%s\""), hResult, DataObject::SZ_EXPORT_STREAM_NAME));
|
|
//
|
|
// Reporting logic below needs to know if it was a stream or storage
|
|
// failure.
|
|
//
|
|
bStreamFailure = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
pStg->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Import: Error 0x%08X opening storage \"%s\""), hResult, pszFilePath));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (FAILED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
UINT iMsg = IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_READ_ERROR; // Generic message.
|
|
|
|
switch(hResult)
|
|
{
|
|
case STG_E_FILENOTFOUND:
|
|
//
|
|
// Both OpenStream and StgOpenStorage can return
|
|
// STG_E_FILENOTFOUND. However, they have two completely
|
|
// different meanings from the user's perspective.
|
|
//
|
|
iMsg = bStreamFailure ? IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_INVALID_STREAM :
|
|
IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_FILENOTFOUND;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STG_E_ACCESSDENIED:
|
|
iMsg = IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_NOACCESS;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case E_OUTOFMEMORY:
|
|
case STG_E_INSUFFICIENTMEMORY:
|
|
iMsg = IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_OUTOFMEMORY;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STG_E_INVALIDNAME:
|
|
iMsg = IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_INVALIDNAME;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STG_E_TOOMANYOPENFILES:
|
|
iMsg = IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_TOOMANYFILES;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(GetTopmostWindow(),
|
|
iMsg,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONERROR | MB_OK);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Importer::Import [HDROP]
|
|
|
|
Description: Imports settings from one or more doc files specified
|
|
in a DROPFILES buffer. This is used when someone drops an export
|
|
file onto the listview. The doc file names are extracted from
|
|
the HDROP buffer then handed off to ImportUsersFromFile.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pIStream - Pointer to IStream containing DROPFILES info.
|
|
|
|
bUserCancelled - Reference to variable that is returned status
|
|
indicating if the user cancelled the import operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Import(
|
|
HDROP hDrop
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
TCHAR szFile[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != hDrop));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the count of files in the HDROP buffer.
|
|
//
|
|
UINT cFiles = DragQueryFile((HDROP)hDrop, (UINT)-1, NULL, 0);
|
|
if ((UINT)-1 != cFiles)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Import users from each file in the HDROP buffer.
|
|
// Bail out if user cancels operation.
|
|
//
|
|
for (INT i = 0; i < (INT)cFiles && !m_bUserCancelled; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
DragQueryFile(hDrop, i, szFile, ARRAYSIZE(szFile));
|
|
hResult = Import(szFile);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("DragQueryFile returned -1")));
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Importer::Import [Source&]
|
|
|
|
Description: Imports settings for one or more users from a Source object.
|
|
All import functions eventually get their information into a Source
|
|
object format and call this function. It then separates out the
|
|
individual user information and calls ImportOneUser() to do the
|
|
actual import.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
source - Reference to Source containing user import info.
|
|
|
|
Returns: Number of users imported.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Import(
|
|
Source& source
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG cbRead;
|
|
HRESULT hResult = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Read and validate the stream signature.
|
|
// This signature consists of a GUID so that we can validate any
|
|
// stream used for import of quota information.
|
|
//
|
|
GUID guidStreamSignature;
|
|
if (S_OK != source.Read(&guidStreamSignature, sizeof(guidStreamSignature), &cbRead))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::read, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
if (guidStreamSignature == GUID_NtDiskQuotaStream)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Read and validate the stream version.
|
|
// Currently there is only 1 version of stream generated so validation
|
|
// is simple. If we ever rev the stream format and bump the version
|
|
// to 2, we should still be able to handle version 1 streams. The
|
|
// only reason to display an error is if we encounter a totally bogus
|
|
// stream version number.
|
|
//
|
|
DWORD nVersion;
|
|
if (S_OK != source.Read(&nVersion, sizeof(nVersion), &cbRead))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::read, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
if (1 == nVersion)
|
|
{
|
|
INT cRecords;
|
|
//
|
|
// Read the count of records in the stream.
|
|
//
|
|
if (S_OK != source.Read(&cRecords, sizeof(cRecords), &cbRead))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::read, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Set up the progress bar to represent this stream.
|
|
//
|
|
m_dlgProgress.ProgressBarInit(0, cRecords, 1);
|
|
|
|
for (INT i = 0; !m_bUserCancelled && i < cRecords; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Read each record from the stream.
|
|
// A record consists of a SID-Length value followed by a SID
|
|
// then followed by the user's quota amount used, threshold
|
|
// and limit values. Abort loop if user cancels the
|
|
// operation.
|
|
//
|
|
DWORD cbSid;
|
|
LPBYTE pbSid;
|
|
if (S_OK != source.Read(&cbSid, sizeof(cbSid), &cbRead))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::read, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
pbSid = new BYTE[cbSid];
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
if (NULL != pbSid)
|
|
{
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pIUser = NULL;
|
|
LONGLONG llQuotaThreshold;
|
|
LONGLONG llQuotaLimit;
|
|
//
|
|
// Read in the user's SID.
|
|
//
|
|
if (S_OK != source.Read(pbSid, cbSid, &cbRead))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::read, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Read in the user's quota amount used.
|
|
// This isn't used in the import process but it's in
|
|
// the stream. Therefore we just dump it into the
|
|
// threshold buffer. It will be overwritten.
|
|
//
|
|
if (S_OK != source.Read(&llQuotaThreshold, sizeof(llQuotaThreshold), &cbRead))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::read, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Read in the user's quota threshold.
|
|
//
|
|
if (S_OK != source.Read(&llQuotaThreshold, sizeof(llQuotaThreshold), &cbRead))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::read, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Read in the user's quota limit.
|
|
//
|
|
if (S_OK != source.Read(&llQuotaLimit, sizeof(llQuotaLimit), &cbRead))
|
|
throw CFileException(CFileException::read, TEXT(""), 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We have one record of data for a user.
|
|
// Now import it.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = Import(pbSid, llQuotaThreshold, llQuotaLimit);
|
|
delete[] pbSid;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CFileException& fe)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Import: File exception caught while reading import data.")));
|
|
delete[] pbSid;
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CAllocException& ae)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Import: Alloc exception caught while reading import data.")));
|
|
delete[] pbSid;
|
|
throw;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Invalid stream version.
|
|
// Our code should always be able to handle any version
|
|
// we produce. This code branch should only handle BOGUS
|
|
// version numbers. In other words, a message like "Can't
|
|
// understand this version" is not acceptable.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Import: Invalid stream version (%d)."), nVersion));
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(GetTopmostWindow(),
|
|
IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_INVALID_STREAM,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONERROR | MB_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Invalid stream signature.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Import: Invalid stream signature.")));
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(GetTopmostWindow(),
|
|
IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_INVALID_STREAM,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONERROR | MB_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch(CFileException& fe)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGERROR((TEXT("Import: File exception caught while reading import data.")));
|
|
|
|
DiskQuotaMsgBox(GetTopmostWindow(),
|
|
IDS_IMPORT_STREAM_READ_ERROR,
|
|
IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA,
|
|
MB_ICONERROR | MB_OK);
|
|
|
|
hResult = HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_READ_FAULT);
|
|
}
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Importer::Import [LPBYTE, LONGLONG, LONGLONG]
|
|
|
|
Description: Imports a single user into the system given the user's SID
|
|
and quota settings. This is the single function where all import
|
|
mechanisms end up. It does the actual importing of the user.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
pbSid - Address of buffer containing user's SID.
|
|
|
|
llQuotaThreshold - User's quota warning threshold setting.
|
|
|
|
llQuotaLimit - User's quota limit setting.
|
|
|
|
Returns:
|
|
-1 = User pressed "Cancel" in either the "Replace User" dialog or
|
|
in the progress dialog.
|
|
|
|
0 = Failed to import user.
|
|
|
|
1 = User imported.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Import(
|
|
LPBYTE pbSid,
|
|
LONGLONG llQuotaThreshold,
|
|
LONGLONG llQuotaLimit
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
INT iResult = 0;
|
|
HRESULT hResult = NO_ERROR;
|
|
PDISKQUOTA_USER pIUser = NULL;
|
|
static BOOL bReplaceExistingUser = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pbSid));
|
|
|
|
if (m_bPromptOnReplace)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// We'll be prompting the user if a record needs replacement.
|
|
// They'll make a choice through the UI.
|
|
// Assume for now that we won't be replacing the record.
|
|
//
|
|
bReplaceExistingUser = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add user to volume's quota file.
|
|
//
|
|
hResult = m_DV.m_pQuotaControl->AddUserSid(pbSid,
|
|
DISKQUOTA_USERNAME_RESOLVE_SYNC,
|
|
&pIUser);
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Either the user was added or already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOL bAddNewUser = (S_FALSE != hResult);
|
|
|
|
if (!bAddNewUser)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// User already exists in the quota file. Find it's entry
|
|
// in the listview.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pIUser));
|
|
pIUser->Release();
|
|
INT iItem = m_DV.FindUserBySid(pbSid, &pIUser);
|
|
|
|
if (m_bPromptOnReplace)
|
|
{
|
|
TCHAR szLogonName[MAX_USERNAME] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
TCHAR szDisplayName[MAX_USERNAME] = { TEXT('\0') };
|
|
|
|
if (-1 != iItem)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Listview item found.
|
|
// Get the account's name string so we can ask the user
|
|
// if they want to replace it's quota settings.
|
|
//
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pIUser));
|
|
pIUser->GetName(NULL, 0,
|
|
szLogonName, ARRAYSIZE(szLogonName),
|
|
szDisplayName, ARRAYSIZE(szDisplayName));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CString strTitle(g_hInstDll, IDS_TITLE_DISK_QUOTA);
|
|
CString strMsg(g_hInstDll,
|
|
IDS_IMPORT_REPLACE_RECORD,
|
|
szDisplayName,
|
|
szLogonName);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Ask the user if they want to replace the record's
|
|
// quota settings.
|
|
//
|
|
YesNoToAllDialog ynToAllDlg(IDD_YNTOALL);
|
|
INT_PTR iResponse = ynToAllDlg.CreateAndRun(g_hInstDll,
|
|
GetTopmostWindow(),
|
|
strTitle,
|
|
strMsg);
|
|
//
|
|
// If the "Apply to All" checkbox was selected, we set this flag
|
|
// so that the dialog isn't displayed again until the caller resets
|
|
// m_bPromptOnReplace to TRUE.
|
|
//
|
|
m_bPromptOnReplace = !ynToAllDlg.ApplyToAll();
|
|
|
|
switch(iResponse)
|
|
{
|
|
case IDYES:
|
|
bReplaceExistingUser = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IDCANCEL:
|
|
m_bUserCancelled = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (bAddNewUser || bReplaceExistingUser)
|
|
{
|
|
DBGASSERT((NULL != pIUser));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Write the new quota values because...
|
|
//
|
|
// 1. Added a new user record and setting initial values or...
|
|
// 2. Replacing settings for an existing user.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != pIUser)
|
|
{
|
|
LONGLONG llQuotaThresholdUndo;
|
|
LONGLONG llQuotaLimitUndo;
|
|
|
|
if (!bAddNewUser && bReplaceExistingUser)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Save the current threshold and limit values for "undo".
|
|
// Only need information for undo if replacing an existing
|
|
// user's settings. For performance, only call when we need
|
|
// the info.
|
|
//
|
|
pIUser->GetQuotaThreshold(&llQuotaThresholdUndo);
|
|
pIUser->GetQuotaLimit(&llQuotaLimitUndo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Set the new threshold and limit values.
|
|
//
|
|
pIUser->SetQuotaThreshold(llQuotaThreshold, TRUE);
|
|
pIUser->SetQuotaLimit(llQuotaLimit, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (bAddNewUser)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Add the user to the listview and create an UNDO object for the operation.
|
|
//
|
|
m_DV.AddUser(pIUser);
|
|
pIUser->AddRef();
|
|
m_DV.m_pQuotaControl->AddRef();
|
|
|
|
autoptr<UndoAdd> ptrUndoAdd = new UndoAdd(pIUser, m_DV.m_pQuotaControl);
|
|
m_DV.m_pUndoList->Add(ptrUndoAdd);
|
|
ptrUndoAdd.disown();
|
|
}
|
|
if (!bAddNewUser && bReplaceExistingUser)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// This will update the record to display any changed quota values.
|
|
// Create an UNDO object for the operation.
|
|
//
|
|
m_DV.OnUserNameChanged(pIUser);
|
|
pIUser->AddRef();
|
|
|
|
autoptr<UndoModify> ptrUndoModify = new UndoModify(pIUser, llQuotaThresholdUndo, llQuotaLimitUndo);
|
|
m_DV.m_pUndoList->Add(ptrUndoModify);
|
|
ptrUndoModify.disown();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!m_bUserCancelled)
|
|
m_bUserCancelled = m_dlgProgress.UserCancelled();
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hResult))
|
|
{
|
|
m_cImported++;
|
|
m_dlgProgress.ProgressBarAdvance();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
/* Function: DetailsView::Importer::GetTopmostWindow
|
|
|
|
Description: Returns the HWND of the topmost window in the importer UI.
|
|
If the UI's progress dialog is visible, the dialog's HWND is returned.
|
|
Otherwise, the value of m_hwndParent is returned.
|
|
The Importer uses this function to identify what window should be parent
|
|
to any error message boxes.
|
|
|
|
Arguments: None.
|
|
|
|
Returns: HWND to use for parent of any messages boxes created by the
|
|
Importer.
|
|
|
|
Revision History:
|
|
|
|
Date Description Programmer
|
|
-------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------
|
|
05/20/97 Initial creation. BrianAu
|
|
*/
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
HWND
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::GetTopmostWindow(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
return m_dlgProgress.m_hWnd ? m_dlgProgress.m_hWnd : m_hwndParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// The following StreamSource functions implement a layer of abstraction
|
|
// between the import function and the source of the import data. This allows
|
|
// me to centralize the actual import processing in a single function
|
|
// without consideration of input source.
|
|
// There are several Import() overloads but they eventually all call down
|
|
// to Import(Source&). These functions are very simple so I'm not going
|
|
// go bother documenting each. I think it's pretty obvious what they do.
|
|
// Do note the use of the virtual constructor technique allowing the user
|
|
// to deal only with Source objects and not AnySource, StreamSource or
|
|
// MemorySource objects. This may be unfamiliar to some.
|
|
//
|
|
// [brianau 7/25/97]
|
|
//
|
|
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
//
|
|
// Source ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Source::Source(
|
|
IStream *pStm
|
|
) : m_pTheSource(NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create a stream source type object.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pTheSource = new StreamSource(pStm);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Source::Source(
|
|
LPBYTE pb,
|
|
ULONG cbMax
|
|
) : m_pTheSource(NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Create a memory source type object.
|
|
//
|
|
m_pTheSource = new MemorySource(pb, cbMax);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Source::~Source(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: Destructors must be virtual for this to work.
|
|
//
|
|
delete m_pTheSource;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::Source::Read(
|
|
LPVOID pvOut,
|
|
ULONG cb,
|
|
ULONG *pcbRead
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
|
|
if (NULL != m_pTheSource)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Delegate the read operation to the properly-typed
|
|
// subobject.
|
|
//
|
|
hr = m_pTheSource->Read(pvOut, cb, pcbRead);
|
|
}
|
|
return hr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// StreamSource ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::StreamSource::StreamSource(
|
|
IStream *pStm
|
|
) : m_pStm(pStm)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// AddRef the stream pointer.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStm)
|
|
m_pStm->AddRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::StreamSource::~StreamSource(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Release the stream pointer.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStm)
|
|
m_pStm->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::StreamSource::Read(
|
|
LPVOID pvOut,
|
|
ULONG cb,
|
|
ULONG *pcbRead
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
|
|
if (NULL != m_pStm)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Read data from the stream.
|
|
//
|
|
hr = m_pStm->Read(pvOut, cb, pcbRead);
|
|
}
|
|
return hr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// MemorySource ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::MemorySource::MemorySource(
|
|
LPBYTE pb,
|
|
ULONG cbMax
|
|
) : m_pb(pb),
|
|
m_cbMax(cbMax)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
HRESULT
|
|
DetailsView::Importer::MemorySource::Read(
|
|
LPVOID pvOut,
|
|
ULONG cb,
|
|
ULONG *pcbRead
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
|
if (m_cbMax >= cb)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Read data from the memory block.
|
|
//
|
|
CopyMemory(pvOut, m_pb, cb);
|
|
m_pb += cb;
|
|
m_cbMax -= cb;
|
|
if (NULL != pcbRead)
|
|
{
|
|
*pcbRead = cb;
|
|
}
|
|
hr = S_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
return hr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|